Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 176

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.

com

Index SECTION H
PRODUCT PAGE

GENERAL: Warning and Safety Reminder ........................................................................................ H-2 Stock Material Handling Products ................................................................................... H-3 SCREW CONVEYORS: Engineering Section I ...................................................................................................... H-4 Design and Layout Section II......................................................................................... H-36 Component Section III ................................................................................................... H-51 Special Features Section IV ........................................................................................ H-108 Installation and Maintenance Section V ...................................................................... H-121 BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI:.......................................................................H-124 H-143 DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII:...........................................................................H-144 H-154 VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII:......................................................H-155 H-161 MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION IX: .................................H-165 - H-168 SHAFTELESS SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION X: ..................................................H-169 - H-172 DATA SHEETS: ......................................................................................................................H-173

H-1
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Safety
Martin does not install conveyor; consequently it is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the WilliamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. 1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1-1993, with special attention given to section 6.12. 3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. 4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. 7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. 14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, should be consulted prior to any modications. insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped. Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. The label shown below has been reduced in size. For more detailed instructions and information, please request a free copy of our Screw Conveyor Safety, Installation, Operation, Maintenance Instructions. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.

CONVEYORS
CVS930010

CVS930012

CVS930011

Exposed conveyors and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing
H-2
PREVIOUS PAGE

Exposed buckets and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing
HOME

Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Stock Screw Conveyor Components


Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories

SECTIONAL SCREWS ANGLE FLANGED U TROUGH FORM FLANGED U TROUGH

SPECIALS

SECTIONAL FLIGHTS

TAIL AND DRIVE SHAFTS

ELEVATOR BUCKETS

TUBULAR HOUSING

FLAT RACK AND PINION DISCHARGE GATE

TROUGH ENDS WITH AND WITHOUT FEET

HANGER STYLE 220

HANGER STYLE 226

HANGER STYLE 216

THRUST ASSEMBLY TYPE E WITH DRIVE SHAFT

INLETS AND DISCHARGE SPOUTS DISCHARGE

INLET AND SPLIT GLAND

PACKING GLAND SHAFT SEAL COMPRESSION TYPE

WASTE PACK SHAFT SEAL

PLATE SHAFT SEAL

DROP-OUT SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT

HANGER BEARINGS STYLE 220/226

Martin HARD IRON Martin BRONZE


HELICOID SCREWS HELICOID FLIGHTING RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND NYLATRON WHITE NYLON WOOD CERAMIC SADDLES AND FEET

For more information about

and our other quality products, join us at our web site www.martinsprocket.com

Martin
PREVIOUS PAGE

SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE WITH ACCESSORIES

SPEED REDUCER SHAFT MOUNTED WITH ACCESSORIES.

FLANGED COVER WITH ACCESSORIES

Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stock


components in the industry. We stock mild steel, stainless, galvanized, and many other items that are special order from the others in the industry.
SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

H-3

HOME

CONVEYORS

HANGER STYLE 70

HANGER STYLE 19B

TROUGH END BEARINGS BALL AND ROLLER

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Engineering
SECTION I
ENGINEERING SECTION I Introduction to Engineering Section ..................................................................... H-4 Screw Conveyor Design Procedure..................................................................... H-5 Material Classication Code Chart....................................................................... H-6 Material Characteristics Tables ............................................................................ H-7 Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed.............................................................. H-17 Capacity Factor Tables ...................................................................................... H-18 Capacity Table ................................................................................................... H-19 Lump Size Limitations and Table ....................................................................... H-20 Component Group Selection.............................................................................. H-21 Hanger Bearing Selection .................................................................................. H-23 Horsepower Calculation..................................................................................... H-24 Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components...................................................... H-27 Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components................................................. H-28 Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Thermal Expansion ....................................... H-29 Screw Conveyor Deection................................................................................ H-30 Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors.............................................................. H-32 Screw Feeders................................................................................................... H-33

CONVEYORS

Introduction
The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly design and lay out most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from many years of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards. We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of screw conveyor that will best suit your needs. The Screw Conveyor Design Procedure on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor for most applications. If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to contact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.
H-4
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Design
SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE 1. Type of material to be conveyed. 2. Maximum size of hard lumps. 3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume. 4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr. 5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr. 6. Distance material to be conveyed. 7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations.

STEP 1

Establish Known Factors

STEP 2

Classify Material

Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if the material is included in Table 1-2, use the classication shown in Table 1-2.

STEP 3

Determine Design Capacity Determine Diameter and Speed Check Minimum Screw Diameter for Lump Size Limitations Determine Type of Bearings Determine Horsepower Check Torsional and/or Horsepower ratings of Conveyor Components

Determine design capacity as described on pages H-17H-19.

STEP 4

Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classication, and % trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6.

STEP 5

Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimum screw diameter from Table 1-7.

STEP 6

STEP 7

From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor Fm for the material to be conveyed. Refer to page H-24 and calculate horsepower by the formula method.

STEP 8

Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to pages H-27 and H-28 to check capacities of conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.

STEP 9

Select Components

Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance with Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Select balance of components from the Components Section of catalogue.

STEP 10

Conveyor Layouts

Refer to pages H-40 and H-41 for typical layout details.

H-5
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended.

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-1 Material Classication Code Chart


Major Class Density Material Characteristics Included Code Designation Actual Lbs/PC A 200 A 100 A 40 B6 C 12 D3 D7 D 16 DX E

Bulk Density, Loose

Very Fine

No. 200 Sieve (.0029) And Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) And Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) And Under No. 6 Sieve (.132) And Under

Fine

Size

Granular

1 2 And Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 And Under (12 to 3) 7 And Under (3 to 7)

Lumpy

16 And Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X=Actual Maximum Size Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.

Irregular

Flowability

Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Packs Under Pressure Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Abrasiveness

CONVEYORS
Miscellaneous Properties Or Hazards

H-6
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics


Material Characteristics
The material characteristics table (page H-8 or H-16) lists the following Design Data for many materials. A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour. B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below. C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page H-23). D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-22. E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-24 thru H-26. F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of the conveyor. For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classied in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listed in Table 1-2. Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must be classied according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.

FROM TABLE 1-2

Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet

C12

T
Other Characteristics

Size

Flowability

Abrasiveness

H-7
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Adipic Acid Alfalfa Meal Alfalfa Pellets Alfalfa Seed Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Alumina, Fine Alumina Sized Or Briquette Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Chips, Oily Aluminum Hydrate Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite) Aluminum Oxide Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite) Aluminum Sulfate Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Sulfate Antimony Powder Apple Pomace, Dry Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate) Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) Arsenic Pulverized Asbestos Rock (Ore) Asbestos Shredded Ash, Black Ground Ashes, Coal, Dry 12 Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Ashes, Coal, Wet 12 Ashes, Coal, Wet 3 Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash) Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bagasse Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 12 3 Barite, Powder Barium Carbonate Bark, Wood, Refuse Barley, Fine, Ground Barley, Malted Barley, Meal Barley, Whole Basalt Bauxite, Dry, Ground Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans,Castor, Meal Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Beans, Navy, Steeped

45 14-22 41-43 6 10-15 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 35 65 45 7-15 7-15 13-20 60-120 49 45-58 45-52 45-62 45-58 15 100-120 30 81 20-40 105 35-45 35-40 45-50 45-50 45 7-10 30-45 40-55 40-55 120-180 120-180 72 10-20 24-38 31 28 36-48 80-105 68 75-85 35-40 36 48 60

A 100-35 B6-45WY C12-25 B6-15N C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY A100-27MY D3-37 B6-35 E-45V E-45V C12-35 A100-17M C12-35S C12-25 A100-45FRS A40-35NTU C12-35FOTU A100-35 C12-45Y A100-35R A100-25R D3-37R E-46XY B6-35 C12-46TY D3-46T C12-46T D3-46T C12-45 E-45RVXY B6-25 A100-35 A100-25 D3-36 A100-35X A100-45R E-45TVY B6-35 C12-35 C12-35 B6-25N B6-27 B6-25 D3-36 B6-35W C12-15W C12-15 C12-25

S H H L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S H H L-S-B H H H L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B S S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B

2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 1 1 1

.5 .6 .5 .4 .9 .9 .6 1.4 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.2 .8 1.4 1.8 .8 1.0 .7 1.3 1.0 1.6 1.0 .8 1.2 1.0 2.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.4 .6 .6 2.6 2.0 1.6 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .5 1.8 1.8 2.5 .8 .5 .5 .8

30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 45 15 15 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 45 30B 30A 45 45 45

CONVEYORS

H-8
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Bentonite, Crude Bentonite, 100 Mesh Benzene Hexachloride Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda) Blood, Dried Blood, Ground, Dried Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) Boneblack Bonechar Bonemeal Bones, Whole* Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borate of Lime Borax, Fine Borax Screening 12 Borax, 112-2 Lump Borax, 2-3 Lump Boric Acid, Fine Boron Bran, Rice Rye Wheat Braunite (Manganese Oxide) Bread Crumbs Brewers Grain, Spent, Dry Brewers Grain, Spent, Wet Brick, Ground 18 Bronze Chips Buckwheat Calcine, Flour Calcium Carbide Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone) Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar) Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Lactate Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked) Calcium Phosphate Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum) Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine* Carbon Black, Pelleted* Carbon Black, Powder* Carborundum Casein Cashew Nuts Cast Iron, Chips Caustic Soda Caustic Soda, Flakes Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth) Cement, Clinker Cement, Mortar Cement, Portland Cement, Aerated (Portland) Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate) Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Ground

34-40 50-60 56 35-45 30 40-50 20-25 27-40 50-60 35-50 35-50 50 60 45-55 55-60 55-60 60-70 55 75 16-20 120 20-25 14-30 55-60 100-120 30-50 37-42 75-85 70-90 26-29 40-50 100 36 32-37 130-200 88 47 75-95 133 94 60-75 75-95 67-75 18-28

D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-45R D3-45U A100-35U A100-45 A100-25Y B6-35 B6-35 E-45V D3-45 B6-35 A100-35 B6-25T C12-35 D3-35 D3-35 B6-25T A100-37 B6-35NY A100-36 B6-35PQ C12-45 C12-45T B6-37 B6-45 B6-25N A100-35 D3-25N D3-45QTR A100-45 D3-27 B6-35 C12-45 C12-45 B6-35RSU C12-45RSUX D3-36 B6-35Q A100-26M A100-16M D3-25 A100-25MXY A100-45

H H L-S-B S H L-S L-S L-S L-S H H H H L-S-B H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S H H H H H H H

2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2

1.2 .7 .6 .6 2.0 1.0 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.7 3.0 2.0 1.7 .6 .7 1.5 1.8 2.0 .8 1.0 .5 2.0 .6 .5 .8 2.2 2.0 .4 .7 2.0 .6 1.6 3.0 1.6 .7 4.0 1.8 1.5 1.8 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.9 1.4 1.2

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A

H-9
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Charcoal, Lumps Chocolate, Cake Pressed Chrome Ore Cinders, Blast Furnace Cinders, Coal Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth, Fullers Earth, Kaolin & Marl) Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines Clay, Calcined Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Clay, Dry, Lumpy Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker) Clover Seed Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm) Coal, Anthracite, Sized-12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coal, Lignite Cocoa Beans Cocoa, Nibs Cocoa, Powdered Cocoanut, Shredded Coffee, Chaff Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Ground, Dry Coffee, Ground, Wet Coffee, Roasted Bean Coffee, Soluble Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Compost Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry Copper Ore Copper Ore, Crushed Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone) Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate) Copra, Cake Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Fine Ground Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Cobs, Ground Corn Cobs, Whole* Corn Ear* Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Oil, Cake Corn Seed Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed

18-28 40-45 125-140 57 40 60-80 80-100 100-120 60-75 45-48 55-61 49-61 40-60 45-50 43-50 37-45 30-45 35 30-35 20-22 20 25-32 25 35-45 20-30 19 25-35 23-35 35-45 30-50 85-120 120-150 100-150 75-95 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 5-15 12-15 40-50 17 12-15 56 21 40-45 32-40 25 45 45 30-35 40-45

D3-45Q D3-25 D3-36 D3-36T D3-36T A100-35P B6-36 C12-36 D3-35 B6-25N B6-35TY C12-25 D3-35LNXY D3-35QV C12-45T D3-35T C12-25Q C12-25 A100-45XY E-45 B6-25MY C12-25PQ A40-35P A40-45X C12-25PQ A40-35PUY C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 D7-45TV C12-36U DX-36 D3-36 C12-35S B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW B6-35JNY C12-35JY B6-25P C12-25Y E-35 E-35 B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P D7-45HW C12-25PQ C12-25 B6-35PU C12-45HW

H S H H H L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S H L-S H S S L-S L-S L-S L-S S S H H H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B S L-S

2 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1.4 1.5 2.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 2.4 2.0 1.8 .4 1.0 1.0 .9 1.0 .9 1.0 .5 .5 .9 1.5 1.0 .5 .6 .6 .4 .4 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 .7 .8 1.0 .7 .5 .5 .7 .6

30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 15 15 15 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A

CONVEYORS

.4 .5 .5 .6 .4 .4 1.0 1.0

H-10
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Ferrous Sulde 100M Ferrous Sulphate Fish Meal Fish Scrap Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Flour Wheat Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace Flue Dust, Blast Furnace Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride) Fluorspar, Lumps Fly Ash Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Fullers Earth, Calcined Galena (See Lead Sulde) Gelatine, Granulated Gilsonite Glass, Batch Glue, Ground

120-135 105-120 50-75 35-40 40-50 43-45 48-50 25-45 33-40 45-60 110-125 30-45 80-100 90-110 30-45 30-40 60-65 40 32 37 80-100 40

C12-26 A100-36 C12-35U C12-45HP D7-45H B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-45LP A40-36LM A40-36 A40-36LM B6-36 D7-36 A40-36M A40-25 C12-450W A100-25 B6-35PU C12-35 C12-37 B6-45U

H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S H H H H H H H H H S H H H

2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 2

2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 .4 .7 .4 .6 3.5 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 .8 1.5 2.5 1.7

15 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 15 30A 15 30A 30A 15 30A

H-11
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Flakes Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled Cracklings, Crushed Cryolite, Dust Cryolite, Lumpy Cullet, Fine Cullet, Lump Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite) Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate) Detergent (See Soap Detergent) Diatomaceous Earth Dicalcium Phosphate Disodium Phosphate Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Wet Dolomite, Crushed Dolomite, Lumpy Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose Ebonite, Crushed Egg Powder Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) Feldspar, Ground Feldspar, Lumps Feldspar, Powder Feldspar, Screenings Ferrous Sulde 12

40-45 22-40 18-25 20-25 12 25-30 35-40 40 35-40 40-50 75-90 90-110 80-120 80-120 11-17 40-50 25-31 30 40-60 80-100 90-100 76 63-70 16 40-50 65-80 90-100 100 75-80

D7-45HW C12-25X C12-45XY C12-35HWY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-45HW B6-35HW C12-45HW D3-45HW A100-36L D16-36 C12-37 D16-37 A40-36Y A40-35 A40-35 B6-35 C12-45V C12-36 DX-36 C12-36 C12-35 A40-35MPY A40-35U A100-37 D7-37 A200-36 C12-37

L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B H H L-S H H H L-S-B S L-S-B H H H

2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2

1.0 .6 .9 .8 .9 .5 .5 .6 .6 1.3 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.5 1.6 1.6 .5 .5 .8 2.0 2.0 1.2 .8 1.0 .8 2.0 2.0 2.0

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Glue, Pearl Glue, Veg. Powdered Gluten, Meal Granite, Fine Grape Pomace Graphite Flake Graphite Flour Graphite Ore Guano Dry* Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hay, Chopped* Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid) Hominy, Dry Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ice, Flaked* Ice, Cubes Ice, Shell Ilmenite Ore Iron Ore Concentrate Iron Oxide Pigment Iron Oxide, Millscale Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate) Iron Sulde (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate) Kar (Corn) Kaolin Clay Kaolin Clay-Talc Kryalith (See Cryolite) Lactose Lamp Black (See Carbon Black) Lead Arsenate Lead Arsenite Lead Carbonate Lead Ore 18 Lead Ore 12 Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 100 Mesh Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 200 Mesh Lead Sulphide 100 Mesh Lignite (See Coal Lignite) Limanite, Ore, Brown Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime Hydrated Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Limestone, Dust Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride) Linseed (See Flaxseed) Litharge (Lead Oxide) Lithopone

40 40 40 80-90 15-20 40 28 65-75 70 55-60 60-80 70-80 8-12 35-50 35 50-55 35-45 40-45 33-35 33-35 140-160 120-180 25 75 40-45 63 32-56 32 72 72 240-260 200-270 180-230 30-150 30-180 240-260 120 60-65 40 32-40 53-56 68 85-90 55-95 45-50

C12-35U A40-45U B6-35P C12-27 D3-45U B6-25LP A100-35LMP DX-35L C12-35 B6-35U A100-35U D3-25 C12-35JY C12-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q C12-35Q D3-35Q D3-45Q D3-37 A40-37 A100-36LMP C12-36 C12-25 D3-25 A40-35LMP A40-35PU A40-35R A40-35R A40-35R B6-35 C12-36 A100-35P A200-35LP A100-35R C12-47 B6-35U B6-35LM A40-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 A40-46MY A325-35MR

L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S S S H H H H H H H S L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S H H H L-S

1 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1

.5 .6 .6 2.5 1.4 .5 .5 1.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 1.6 .4 1.0 1.5 .4 .6 .4 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 .5 2.0 2.0 .6 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.7 .6 .8 .6 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.6-2.0 1.0

30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30A

CONVEYORS

H-12
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Maize (See Milo) Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Malt, Sprouts Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) Manganese Dioxide* Manganese Ore Manganese Oxide Manganese Sulfate Marble, Crushed Marl, (Clay) Meat, Ground Meat, Scrap (W\bone) Mica, Flakes Mica, Ground Mica, Pulverized Milk, Dried, Flake Milk, Malted Milk, Powdered Milk Sugar Milk, Whole, Powdered Mill Scale (Steel) Milo, Ground Milo Maize (Kar) Molybdenite Powder Monosodium Phosphate Mortar, Wet* Mustard Seed Naphthalene Flakes Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) Oats Oats, Crimped Oats, Crushed Oats, Flour Oat Hulls Oats, Rolled Oleo Margarine (Margarine) Orange Peel, Dry Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Oyster Shells, Ground Oyster Shells, Whole Paper Pulp (4% or less) Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) Parafn Cake 12 Peanuts, Clean, in shell Peanut Meal Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled) Peanuts, Shelled Peas, Dried Perlite Expanded Phosphate Acid Fertillizer Phosphate Disodium (See Sodium Phosphate) Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized

19-26 22 35 8-12 19-24 59 15 60 50-60 80 62 60-62 45 15-20 30 15-20 35-45 45-50 8-12 60 75-85 60

C12-35 B6-45NY A100-35 B6-35NY C12-35NY E-45HKPWX E-45 B6-35QS C12-36T D3-36TV E-45 E-45 C12-45K D3-35Q B6-35P D3-36Q C12-35Q C12-15NQ C12-36 B6-25T DX-36 B6-36

L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S H H L-S L-S L-S L-S S H S L-S-B H L-S H H

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 2 2

.4 .5 .6 .5 .5 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.6-2.0 2.1-2.5 1.5 1.5 .6 .6 .6 .7 .4 .5 .6 1.4 2.1 1.7

45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 45 30B 30B

H-13
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

20-30 36-40 20-30 13-15 33 70-85 125-140 120 70 80-95 80 50-55 40 17-22 13-15 13-15 5-6 27-30 20-45 32 20-36 120-125 32-36 40-45 107 50 150 45 45 35 26

B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N C12-35P C12-45 A100-35NRT DX-37 A100-36 C12-37 B6-37 DX-36 E-45HQTX E-46H B6-16MY B6-36 A100-36M B6-35PUY A40-45PX B6-25PM A100-35PX B6-35PUX E-46T B6-25 B6-15N B6-26 B6-36 E-46T B6-15N B6-35 A40-35P C12-25MN

L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H H H H H L-S H H H H S S S S S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B H

1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2

.5 .4 .5 .4 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.0 .9 1.0 .4 .9 .5 .6 .5 3.0 .5 .4 1.5 .6 3.0 .4 .7 2.5

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30B 45 45 30B 30B 30B 45 30A 30A

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Phosphate Sand Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum) Plumbago (See Graphite) Polystyrene Beads Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets Polyethylene, Resin Pellets Potash (Muriate) Dry Potash (Muriate) Mine Run Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Pellets Potassium Nitrate 12 Potassium Nitrate 18 Potassium Sulfate Potato Flour Pumice 18 Pyrite, Pellets Quartz 100 Mesh Quartz 12 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Polished Rice, Hulled Rice, Hulls Rice, Rough Rosin 12 Rubber, Reclaimed Ground Rubber, Pelleted Rye Rye Bran Rye Feed Rye Meal Rye Middlings Rye, Shorts Safower, Cake Safower, Meal Safower Seed Saffron (See Safower) Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride) Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized Salicylic Acid Salt, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Saltpeter (See Potassium Nitrate) Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Dry Silica Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Sand (Resin Coated) Silica Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon Sawdust, Dry Sea Coal Sesame Seed Shale, Crushed Shellac, Powdered or Granulated

90-100 40 20-30 20-30 30-35 70 75 51 120-130 76 80 42-48 48 42-48 120-130 70-80 80-90 20 42-45 30 45-49 20-21 32-36 65-68 23-50 50-55 42-48 15-20 33 35-40 42 32-33 50 50 45 85 65-85 29 45-60 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 90-100 104 115 10-13 65 27-41 85-90 31

B6-37 B6-35PQ A100-45KT E-45KPQT C12-45Q B6-37 DX-37 B6-36 C12-25TU C12-16NT B6-26NT B6-46X A200-35MNP B6-46 C12-26 A100-27 C12-27 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-15P C12-25P B6-35NY C12-35N C12-45Q C12-45 D3-45 B6-15N B6-35Y B6-35N B6-35 B6-35 C12-35 D3-26 B6-35 B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-37U C12-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 B6-27 D3-37Z B6-27 A100-27 B6-45UX B6-36 B6-26 C12-36 B6-35P

H S S S L-S H H H H H H H L-S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H H H H H L-S-B H H H S

3 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1

2.0 .4 1.0 .6 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 1.2 1.2 1.0 .5 1.6 2.0 1.7 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .6 1.5 .8 1.5 .4 .4 .5 .5 .5 .5 .6 .6 .4 2.1 1.7 .6 1.0 1.7 2.8 1.7 2.0 2.6 2.0 2.3 1.4 1.0 .6 2.0 .6

15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 45 30B 30B 30B 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 30B 15 30B 30B 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30B 30B 30B 30A

CONVEYORS

H-14
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz) Silica, Flour Silica Gel + 12 - 3 Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry Slate, Crushed, 12 Slate, Ground, 18 Sludge, Sewage, Dried Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground Soap, Beads or Granules Soap, Chips Soap Detergent Soap, Flakes Soap, Powder Soapstone, Talc, Fine Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Aluminate, Ground Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite) Sodium Aluminum Sulphate* Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite) Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda) Sodium Chloride (See Salt) Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash) Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Borate (See Borax) Sodium Nitrate Sodium Phosphate Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake) Sodium Sulte Sorghum, Seed (See Kar or Milo) Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal Hot Soybeans, Whole Starch Steel Turnings, Crushed Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Rened, Granulated Dry Sugar, Rened, Granulated Wet Sugar, Powdered Sugar, Raw Sulphur, Crushed 12 Sulphur, Lumpy, 3 Sulphur, Powdered Sunower Seed Talcum, 12 Talcum Powder Tanbark, Ground* Timothy Seed Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)

18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 25-50 100-150 12-15 25-45 50-55 55-65 50-60 55-65 50-60 80-85 50-60 19-38 80-90 50-60 55 36

C12-35Y A40-35MN B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW A40-15M D3-46WV C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PU C12-35X A100-35PX B6-35PX C12-35N D3-35N A40-35MN C12-15 C12-36 A200-36M B6-45 B6-35NY

H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H H L-S-B S S S S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S-B

2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1

.5 .8 .8 .5 .5 1.0 1.0 3.0 .9 1.2 1.0-1.2 1.4-2.0 .8 1.5 .8 .8 .6 .5 .9 .8 .7 .6

30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 45 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30B 30B 30A 30A

H-15
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

80 45 130-180 60-65 80-90 82-85 40-50 45-55 15-35 15-25 15-50 5-15 20-25 40-50 55-65 20-35 72 75 70-80 50-60 96 40-43 30-40

A40-46 D3-37HKQU D3-37Y C12-37 C12-36 B6-36 E-47TW B-46S B6-35Q C12-35Q B6-35FQ B6-35QXY B6-25X A200-45XY B6-36 A40-36Y B6-36 A100-36 D3-25NS A-35 B6-46X D3-35W C12-36NW

H H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H H L-S L-S H L-S-B

2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2

1.5 2.0 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 .8 .8 .6 .6 .8 .6 .9 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.2 .9 1.5 1.0

30B 15 15 15 30B 30B 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30B 30A

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)


Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Tobacco, Scraps Tobacco, Snuff Tricalcium Phosphate Triple Super Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Granular Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized Tung Nut Meats, Crushed Tung Nuts Urea Prills, Coated Vermiculite, Expanded Vermiculite, Ore Vetch Walnut Shells, Crushed Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ White Lead, Dry Wood Chips, Screened Wood Flour Wood Shavings Zinc, Concentrate Residue Zinc Oxide, Heavy Zinc Oxide, Light *Consult Factory

15-25 30 40-50 50-55 60 60 50 28 25-30 43-46 16 80 48 35-45 45-48 40-45 18-28 75-100 10-30 16-36 8-16 75-80 30-35 10-15

D3-45Y B6-45MQ A40-45 B6-36RS C12-36 B6-36 A40-36 D3-25W D3-15 B6-25 C12-35Y D3-36 B6-16N B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 A40-36MR D3-45VY B6-35N E-45VY B6-37 A100-45X A100-45XY

L-S L-S-B L-S H H H H L-S L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S L-S H L-S L-S

2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 1

.8 .9 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.6 .8 .7 1.2 .5 1.0 .4 1.0 .4 .4 .4 1.0 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 45 45 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A

CONVEYORS H-16
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed


In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary rst to establish the material code number. It will be seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectional loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the Component Group Selection Guide on page H-22 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations before choosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7.

Capacity Table
The capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended revolutions per minute. The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor is very critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department. The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may be obtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.

Conveyor Speed
For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical ights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula: N= N= Required capacity, cubic feet per hour Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute revolutions per minute of screw, (but not greater than the maximum recommended speed.)

For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut ights, cut and folded ights and ribbon ights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5. Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the flight. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixing paddles within the ight pitches. The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 for capacity factors. Equiv. Required Capacity (Cubic FeetCapacity ) = (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (CF ) (CF ) (CF ) Per Hour
1 2 3

H-17
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Capacity Factors
Table 1-3
Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1 Pitch Standard Short Half Long Description Pitch = Diameter of Screw Pitch =23 Diameter of Screw Pitch =12 Diameter of Screw Pitch = 112 Diameter of Screw CF1 1.00 1.50 2.00 0.67

Table 1-4
Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2 Type of Flight Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight *Not recommended If none of the above ight modications are used: CF2 = 1.0 Conveyor Loading 15% 1.95 N.R.* 1.04 30% 1.57 3.75 1.37 45% 1.43 2.54 1.62

Table 1-5
Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3 Standard Paddles at 45 Reverse Pitch Factor CF3 Paddles Per Pitch None 1.00 1 1.08 2 1.16 3 1.24 4 1.32

CONVEYORS H-18
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Capacity Table Horizontal Screw Conveyors


(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)

Table 1-6
Trough Loading Screw Dia. Inch At One RPM Capacity Cubic Feet Per Hour (Full Pitch) At Max RPM Max. RPM

4 6 9 10 12

0.62 2.23 8.20 11.40 19.40 31.20 46.70 67.60 93.70 164.00 323.00 0.41 1.49 5.45 7.57 12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 62.80 109.00 216.00 0.41 1.49 5.45 7.60 12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 62.80 109.00 216.00 0.21 0.75 2.72 3.80 6.40 10.40 15.60 22.50 31.20 54.60 108.00

114 368 1270 1710 2820 4370 6060 8120 10300 16400 29070 53 180 545 720 1160 1770 2500 3380 4370 7100 12960 29 90 300 418 645 1040 1400 2025 2500 4360 7560 15 45 150 210 325 520 700 1010 1250 2180 3780

184 165 155 150 145 140 130 120 110 100 90 130 120 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 72

45%

14 16 18 20 24 30 4 6 9

30% A

10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 4 6 9

55 55 50 50 45 45 40 40 35 72 60 55 55 50 50 45 45 40 40 35

30% B

10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 4 6 9 10

15%

12 14 16 18 20 24 30

H-19
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

60

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Lump Size Limitations


The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the material to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its transverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size. The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that wont break up in transit through a screw conveyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, but degradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps that are easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations. Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows Class 1 A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. Class 2 A mixture of lumps and nes in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. Class 3 A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5% or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.

Table 1-7
Maximum Lump Size Table
Screw Diameter Inches Pipe *O.D. Inches Radial Clearance Inches Class I 10% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch Class II 25% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch
3 4 112 112

Class III 95% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch


1

6 9 9 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 30

238 238 278 278 312 4 312 4 4 412 4 412 4 412 412 412

2516 3316 3916 5116 434 412 534 512 612 614 712 712 812 814 1014 1314

114 214 214 234 234 234 314 212 334 334 414 414 434 434 6 8

2 4 3 4
3

2 2 2 212 114 234 234 3 3 312 312 334 5

1 1 1 114 114 112 112 134 134 2 2 212 3

CONVEYORS H-20

*For special pipe sizes, consult factory. Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.

EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the Maximum Lump Size Table, Table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the conveyed material. Refer to the material charts Table 1-2 and find crushed ice and its material code D3-35Q and weight of 35-45 lbs./C.F. D3 means that the lump size is 12 to 3, this is noted by referring to the material classification code chart on page H-6. From actual specications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 112 and only 25% of the lumps are 112. With this information refer to Table 1-7, Maximum Lump Size Table. Under the column Class II and 112 Max. lump size read across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9.

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Component Selection

To facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to the Material Classication Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings and trough thickness. Referring to Table 1-2, nd the component series designation of the material to be conveyed. Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specifications for screws found on pages H-79 - H-83 Component Section.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimum edge thickness of screw ight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc. EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material characteristics Table 1-2. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. Refer now to page H-22, component selection, Table 1-9, component group 2. The standard shaft sizes, screw flight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each screw diameter.

H-21
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Component Groups

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Component Selection
Table 1-8
Component Group 1
Screw Diameter Inches Coupling Diameter Inches Screw Number Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches Trough Cover

6 9 9 12 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

112 112 2 2 2716 2716 3 3 3 3716 3716

6H304 9H306 9H406 12H408 12H508 14H508 16H610

6S307 9S307 9S409 12S409 12S509 14S509 16S612 18S612 20S612 24S712 30S712

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga.

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

Table 1-9
Component Group 2
Screw Diameter Inches Coupling Diameter Inches Screw Number Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches Trough Cover

6 9 9 12 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 30

1 2 112 2
1

6H308 9H312 9H412 12H412 12H512 12H614 14H614 16H614

6S309 9S309 9S412 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S512 14S616 16S616 18S616 20S616 24S716 30S716

14 Ga.. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.


3 3 3

16 Ga.. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.


3 3 3

Table 1-10
Component Group 3
Screw Diameter Inches Coupling Diameter Inches Screw Number Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches Trough Cover

CONVEYORS

6 9 9 12 12 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

112 112 2 2 2716 3 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

6H312 9H312 9H414 12H412 12H512 12H614

6S312 9S312 9S416 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S624 16S624 18S624 20S624 24S724 30S724

10 Ga. 3 16 In. 3 16 In. 4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In.


1 1 1

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In. 1 4 In.


1 1 1

H-22
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bearing Selection
The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-8 thru H-16 the intermediate hanger bearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.

Table 1-11
Hanger Bearing Selection
Bearing Component Groups Bearing Typos Recommended Coupling Shaft Material Max. Recommended Operating Temperature Fb

B L

Ball Bronze Bronze* Graphite Bronze Oil Impreg. Bronze Oil Impreg. Wood Nylatron Nylon Teon UHMW Melamine (MCB) Urethane

Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Hardened Hardened Hardened or Special Special Special

180 300F 850F 500F 200F 160F 250F 160F 250F 225F 250F 200F 500F 500F 500F 500F 1,000F

1.0

Martin

2.0

Martin
H

Hard Iron*

3.4

Hard Iron Hard Surfaced Stellite Ceramic

4.4

*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating. OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS Various alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required.

H-23
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Horsepower Requirements
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders
The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rate to the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book. The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the material at the specied rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efciency e, or: HPf = LN F fb d 1,000,000 CLW F Fm Fp f 1,000,000 (HPf +HP )Fo m e = (Horsepower to move the material) = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)

HPm = Total HP =

The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions. L = Total length of conveyor, feet N = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute) Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12) Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13) C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour W = Weight of material, lbs. per cubic foot Ff = Flight factor (See Table 1-14) Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2) F = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15) p Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16) e = Drive efciency (See Table 1-17)

CONVEYORS

Table 1-12
Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Bearing Type

Table 1-13
Hanger Bearing Factor Fb Hanger Bearing Factor Fb

4 6 9 10 12

12.0 18.0 31.0 37.0 55.0

14 16 18 20 24 30

78.0 106.0 135.0 165.0 235.0 300

B L

Ball

1.0 Bronze 2.0

Martin

*Graphite Bronze *Melamine *Oil Impreg. Bronze *Oil Impreg. Wood *Nylatron *Nylon *Teon *UHMW *Urethane *Martin Hard Iron

2.0

3.4 4.4

*Hard Surfaced *Stellite * Ceramic

*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.

H-24
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Horsepower Factor Tables


Table 1-14
Flight Factor, Ff
Flight Type 15% Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading 30% 45% 95%

Standard Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight

1.0 1.10 N.R.* 1.05 *Not Recommended

1.0 1.15 1.50 1.14

1.0 1.20 1.70 1.20

1.0 1.3 2.20

Table 1-15
Paddle Factor Fp Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45 Reverse Pitch Number of Paddles per Pitch 0 1 2 3 4

Paddle Factor F p

1.0

1.29

1.58

1.87

2.16

Table 1-16
Fo Overload Factor

Horsepower HP + HP f m For values of HP + HP greater than 5.2, F is 1.0 f m o Trace the value of (HP + HP ) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the F value is listed. f m o

Table 1-17
e Drive Efciency Factor Screw Drive or Shaft Mount w/ V-Belt Drive V-Belt to Helical Gear and Coupling Gearmotor w/ Coupling Gearmotor w/ Chain Drive Worm Gear

.88

.87

.95

.87

Consult Manufacturer

H-25
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Horsepower
EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-50 for sample worksheet) PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25-0 long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drive with V-belts. SOLUTION: 1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and nd: A. wt/cf: 55 - 60 B. material code: C12 - 45T Refer to Table 1-1, material classication code chart where: C12 = Fine 12 and under 4 = Sluggish 5 = Mildly abrasive T = Mildly corrosive C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or S Refer to Table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find: L = Bronze S = Nylatron, Nylon, Teon, UHMW Melamine, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood and Urethane. D. Material Factor: Fm = .8 E. Trough Loading: 30%A Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and nd 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw conveyors and the maximum RPMs for those sizes. 2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12 screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum, therefore at 1 RPM a 12 screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor must therefore run 78RPM (1000 12.9 = 77.52). 3. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-24 and calculate the required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12 conveyor. Using the known factors nd that: L = 25 N = 78 RPM from step 2 above Fd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12 Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L 4. Solve the following horsepower equations: A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 2578552.0 = 0.215 1,000,000 1,000,000 B. HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 100025601.81 = 1.2 1,000,000 1,000,000 Find the F factor from 1-16; by adding HP and HP and matching this sum to the values on the chart. o f m C. HPf = (HPf + HP ) ( F ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05 m o e .88 SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12 conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P. motor should be used. C = 1000 CFH W = 60#/CF from step 1A Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30% Fp = 1 see Table 1-15 e = .88 see Table 1-17

CONVEYORS

H-26
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts


Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-18
Coupling Pipe Sch. 40 Torque in Lbs.* Shaft Dia. In. Size In. Torque In. Lbs. Bolt Dia. In. 2
3 1 5 5 3 3 7

Couplings Bolts in Shear in Lbs. No. of Bolts Used 3

Bolts Bolts in Bearing in Lbs. No. of Bolts Used 2 3

CEMA Std. (C-1018)

Martin

Std. (C-1045)

1 112 2 2716 3 3 3 16
7

112 2 212 3 312 4 4

3,140 7,500 14,250 23,100 32,100 43,000 43,300

00,820 03,070 07,600 15,090 28,370 28,370 42,550

999 3,727 9,233 18,247 34,427 34,427 51,568

8 2 8 8 4 4 8

1,380 3,660 7,600 09,270 16,400 16,400 25,600

2,070 5,490 11,400 13,900 24,600 24,600 38,400

1,970 5,000 7,860 11,640 15,540 25,000 21,800

2,955 7,500 11,790 17,460 23,310 37,500 32,700

Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above 2.5 *Values are for unheattreated shafts.

The lowest torsional rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in Table 1-18. Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1, 112 and 2 couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factors on the 2716 coupling and on the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 4 pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 312 pipe, and for the 3716 coupling.

63,025iiHP = Torque (In. Lbs.) RPM EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower 63,025ii5 = 4,040 In. Lbs. 78 From the table above 2 shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 212 std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600). If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2 couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in shear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. When the transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions include: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing transmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.

H-27
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.)

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts


Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-19
Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts in Shear H.P. per R.P.M. No. of Bolts Used 2
3 1 5 5 3 3 7

Bolts Bolts in Bearing H.P. per R.P.M. No. of Bolts Used 3 2 3

H.P. per R.P.M. Shaft Dia. In. Size In. H.P. per R.P.M. CEMA Std. (C-1018)

Martin

Std. (C-1045)

Bolt Dia. In.

1 112 2 2716 3 3 3716

114 2 212 3 312 4 4

.049 .119 .226 .366 .509 .682 .682

.013 .048 .120 .239 .450 .450 .675

.016 .058 .146 .289 .546 .546 .818

8 2 8 8 4 4 8

.021 .058 .120 .147 .260 .260 .406

.032 .087 .180 .220 .390 .390 .609

.031 .079 .124 .184 .246 .396 .345

.046 .119 .187 .277 .369 .595 .518

Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts.

The lowest horsepower rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely transmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in the table above. Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower 5 HP 78 RPM From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2 couplings, so 2 standard couplings with 2 bolts may be used. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-27. = 0.06 HP at 1 RPM

CONVEYORS

H-28
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Conveyor End Thrust Thermal Expansion


End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the ow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that the rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirable effects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment. There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are: 1. Thrust washer assembly installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end bearing. 2. Type E end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly. 3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads. Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in most applications.

Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot Materials


Screw conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed. The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during the trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the conveyor usually is xed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required. Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansion hangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing or sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufcient movement. The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula: L = L (t1 - t2) C Where: L = increment of change in length, inch L = overall conveyor length in inches t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit t2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit, (or lowest ambient temperature expected) C = coefcient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefcient has the following values for various metals: (a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5106, (.0000065) (b) Stainless steel, 9.9106, (.0000099) (c) Aluminum, 12.8106, (.0000128) EXAMPLE: A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200F, reaching a hot metal temperature of 260F from an original metal temperature of 60F. t1 = 260 t1 - t2 = 200 t2 = 60 L = (30) (12) = 360 L = (360) (200) (6.5106) = 0.468 inches, or about 1532 inches.

H-29
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screw Deection


When using conveyor screws of standard length, deection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections of screw are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw ights from contacting the trough because of excessive deection. The deection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula. D= 0000005WL3000000 384 (29,000,000) (I) Where: D = Deection at mid span in inches W = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages H-81 to H-83 L = Screw length in inches l = Movement of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 below

Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe


Pipe Size 2 212 3 312 4 5 6 8 10

.666

1.53

3.02

4.79

7.23

15.2

28.1

72.5

161

Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe


Pipe Size 2 212 3 312 4 5 6 8 10

.868

1.92

3.89

6.28

9.61

20.7

40.5

106

212

EXAMPLE: Determine the deection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3 sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16-0. W = 272# L = 192 I = 3.02 (From chart above) 0005 (272#) (1923)0000 384 (29,000,000) (3.02)

D=

= .29 inches

CONVEYORS

Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .25 inches ( 14) should be referred to our Engineering Department for recommendations. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a larger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deection more effectively than heavier wall pipe.

H-30
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screw Deection


Length of Unsupported Span Feet Dummy Scale Deection Inches Total Wt. Pounds Pipe Size
sch 40

0.67

1.0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 .1 12 .06 10.0 8 6 4 3 2 1500 4.0 1.0 4000 3500 3000 2.0 2500

2/

2000

3.0

3/
.6 .4 .3 .2 700 600 500 1000 900 800

5.0 6.0

7.0

9.0 10 12

11 400 .02 10 .01 9 250 300

15

20

25 8 200

6
30 I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see Table 1-20 or 1-21

The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deection of most conveyors.

H-31
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

8.0

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors


Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline and the characteristics of the material conveyed. Inclined conveyors operate most efciently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material. Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. Inclined Screw Conveyors

Vertical screw conveyors provide an efficient method of elevating most materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors. Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to prevent choking, they are usually designed with integral feeders. As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are available with many special features and accessories, including components of stainless steel or other alloys. Vertical Screw Conveyors Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. SEE VERTICAL SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF CATALOG FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

CONVEYORS H-32

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Feeders
Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material ow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually ooded with material (95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As the pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modications are occasionally required to reduce ushing of very free owing material along the feeder screw. Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch ighting and Type 2 with short pitch ighting. Both types are also available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-34H-35. Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since the diameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of feeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional ights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening. Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary to convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to make the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D. Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such arrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc. Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specic materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our Engineering Department for design information.

H-33
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

Typical Type 1
Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Feeder Screw Diameter Extended Screw

SF1A

Standard

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

Standard

Tapered

None

SF1B

Standard

Standard

Uniform

None

SF1C

Standard

Standard

Tapered

As Required

SF1D

Standard

Standard

Uniform

As Required

SF1A

SF1B

CONVEYORS
6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

SF1C

SF1D

Feeder Diameter A

Maximum Lump Size

Maximum Speed RPM

Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15

Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45

3 4 112 2

70 65 60 55 50 45 40 30

4.8 17 44 68 104 150 208 340

336 1105 2640 3740 5200 6750 8320 10200

36 42 48 54 56 58 60 64

12 18 24 28 32 36 40 48

7 9 10 11 1112 1218 1312 1612

14 18 22 24 28 31 34 40

12 18 24

9 14 18 20 24

9 12 16 18 20 24

212 3 3 312 4

*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.

H-34
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

Typical Type 2
Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Feeder Screw Diameter Extended Screw

SF2A

Long

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

Short (23)

Tapered

None

SF2B

Long

Short (23)

Uniform

None

SF2C

Long

Short (23)

Tapered

As Required

SF2D

Long

Short (23)

Uniform

As Required

SF2A

SF2B

SF2C

SF2D

Feeder Diameter A

Maximum Lump Size

Maximum Speed RPM

Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15

Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45

6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

1 3

2 4 1

70 65 60 55 50 45 40 30

3.1 11 29 44 68 99 137 224

217 715 1740 2420 3400 4455 5480 6720

60 66 72 76 78 80 82 86

18 26 36 42 48 54 60 72

7 9 10 11 1112 1218 1312 1612

14 18 22 24 28 31 34 40

10 14 20 24

9 12 16 18 20 24

9 10 14 16 18 20 24

114 112 134 2 212

H-35
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Design and Layout


SECTION II
DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II Classication of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................H-36 Hand of Conveyors ...................................................................................................................H-38 Classication of Special Continuous Weld Finishes .................................................................H-39 Detailing of U Trough..............................................................................................................H-40 Detailing of Tubular Trough.......................................................................................................H-41 Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges..............................................................................H-42 Bolt Tables ................................................................................................................................H-44 Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................H-46 Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements.......................................................................................H-47 Standards Helicoid Screw.........................................................................................................H-48 Standards Buttweld Screw........................................................................................................H-49 Screw Conveyor Sample Horsepower Worksheet ....................................................................H-50

Classes of Enclosures
Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings from a hazardous material being conveyed. This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures without regard to their end use or application. These several classes call for specic things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of enclosure protection.

CONVEYORS

Enclosure Classications
Class IE Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust control is not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary although as conveyor enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded. Class IIE Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against, the material being handled. Class IIIE Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust, and for or against the material being handled. Class IVE Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water from the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case. When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.

H-36
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Enclosures
Enclosure Construction Component Classication
A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTION Formed & Angle Top Flange 1. Plate type end ange a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top of end ange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough Top Rail Angles (Angle Top trough only) a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is used between leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. COVER CONSTRUCTION 1. Plain at a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Semi-Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Hip Roof a. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS 1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction* a. Max. spacing plain at covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Max. spacing semi-anged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Max. spacing anged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. GASKETS 1. Covers a. Red rubber or felt up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough End anges a. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Red rubber up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS* 1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *Lip type seals for non-abrasive materials Felt type for mildly abrasive materials Waste type for highly abrasive materials
Enclosure Classications IE II E III E IV E

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

60 60

30 40

18 24

18 24

X X X X

X X X X

X X X X

X X

X X

H-37
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

X X X

X X X

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hand Conveyors

Left Hand

Right Hand

Right and Left Hand Screws


A conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined by looking at the end of the screw. The screw pictured to the left has the ight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Same as left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw. The screw pictured to the right has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same as right hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.

CONVEYORS

A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same conguration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible, then by merely imagining that the ighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.

Conveyor Screw Rotation


Flow Flow

C.W. Rotation

C.C.W. Rotation

Left Hand

Right Hand

The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material ow is in the direction away from the end being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.

H-38
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screw Rotation


RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

RIGHT

HAND RIGHT HAND

LEFT

HAND

LEFT

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

LEFT

HAND

The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material ow are known.

Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld Finishes


CONVEYORS
Specications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term grind smooth when referring to the nish on continuous welds. This specication is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specications as well. Grind smooth is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of nishes, which should be used to help nd the class required for an application.

Operation I II

Class of Finish III IV V

Weld spatter and slag removed Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness (Equivalent to a 40-50 grit nish) Medium grind welds leaving some pits and crevices (Equivalent to a 80-100 grit nish) Fine grind welds no pits or crevices permissible (Equivalent to a 140-150 grit nish) Polish to a bright uniform nish

X X

X X X X

H-39
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Layout
Trough
Hanger Bearing Centers Std. Length Conveyor Screw (Min.)

Standard Housing Length G (Min.)


A Screw Diameter B Coupling Diameter C Length D Length E F
3 3

G (Min.)

H
7 13

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18

1 1 2
1

9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12

112 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412

358 4 2
1

458 5 8
5

334 5 718 7 78 878 1018 1118 1238

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19

534 8 8
1

1716 112 158 134 2 2 212 212

1 1 112 134 158 158 2 2

16

112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3

1516 1916 138 138 134 134

618 638 734 914 10 58 1218

7 78 878 958 10 78 12 1338

938 912 1214 1312 1478 16

11-8 11-9 12 11-8 11-8 12

4 3
3

20 3 16
7

4 4

1512 1712

2 214

1312 1612

15 1818

1338 1538

21 25

1914 20

212 212

214 212

4 4
3

24

3716

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

CONVEYORS
Tail Shaft Ball Bearing Seal

Typical Method of Detailing


9 2 25-0 Conveyor
Total Cover Length Cover Lengths (Typ.)

9TCP16 Covers
9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.) CC4H Couplings Hanger Spacings Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe

9S412-R Screws

Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal

9CTF10 Troughs
Spout Spacing Housing Lengths Total Length

H-40
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Layout
Tubular Housing
Std. Length Conveyor Screw (Min.) Hanger Bearing Centers (Bare Pipe)

Standard Housing Length


A Screw Dia. B Coupling Dia.

(Min.)

C Length

D Length

F
3 3

G (Min.)

H
7 13

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18

1 1 2
1

9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12

112 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412

358 4 2
1

458 5 8
5

334 5 718 7 78 878 1018 1118 1238

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19

534 8 8
1

1716 112 158 134 2 2 212 212

1 1 112 134 158 158 2 2

16

112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3

1516 1916 138 138 134 134

618 638 734 914 10 58 1218

7 78 878 958 10 78 12 1338

938 912 1214 1312 1478 16

11-8 11-9 12 11-8 11-8 12

4 3
3

20 3 16
7

4 4

1512 1712

2 214

1312 1612

15 1818

1338 1538

21 25

1914 20

212 212

214 212

4 4
3

24

3716

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

Typical Method of Detailing


9 2 15-0 Conveyor

9CH2264 Hanger

Hanger Spacings Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe

9S412-R Screws
Tail Shaft Ball Bearing Seal Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal

9CHT10 Troughs

Spout Spacing Housing Lengths Total Length

H-41
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bolt Patterns
U-Trough End Flanges

6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts

12 Bolts

Screw Diameter

Bolts Number Diameter


3 3 3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

6 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 12

8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

7 878 12 2
1

358 412 6 8
1

118 1132 1 16
3

318 418 4 8
1

318 4116 3 4
3

318 4116 518 5116 734 6 712 578 61116 658

X X 418 418 5316 51516 658 578 61116 658

X X X X X X X 578 61116 658

X X X X X X X X X 658

1314 1578 1778 20 22 2438 2812

638 734 914 1058 1218 1312 1612

214 112 21732 258 22332 22532 22532

312 5516 558 638 51516 614 618

4316 4116 51516 658 578 61116 658

Flared Trough End Flanges


CONVEYORS
C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

6 Bolts
Screw Diameter Inches Bolts Diameter Number
3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5

8 Bolts
A Holes B C E F

10 Bolts
G Inches H J

12 Bolts
K L

6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

6 8 8 10 10 10 10 12

4716 6 4
1

7 9 10 11 1112 12 8
1

7316 9 32
21

12732 1 64
43

514 5 534 518 512 6 16


3

514 5 534 518 512 6 16


3

2132 2916 378 3 334 2 16


15

5 534 518 512 6 16


3

518 512 6316 7 678

678

71516 81516 10 11 12316 1414

111316 124964 141116 16 1778 206164

11316 2116 21564 2 8


5

1312 1612

2932 2516

7 678

7 678

31132 3516

7 678

H-42
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bolt Patterns
Tubular Housing Flanges

6 bolts

10 bolts

8 bolts

12 bolts

Intake & Discharge Flanges

12 bolts

20 bolts

Screw Size

Flange Bolts Tubular X Discharge Y A E Q R S T


3

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

6--38 8-- 8
3

12--14 12-- 8
3

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

7 8 8
7

214 2 16
13

312 4 438 434 558

214 3 4 438 5 4
1 11

712 10 13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014

16
1

8--38 8--38 8-- 2


1

12--38 12--38 12-- 8


3

1178 1314 15 17 1912 22 2438 2812

4 4516 5 8
1

2 8 8 8 8

8--12 8--58 10--58 10--58 12--58

20--38 20--38 20--12 20--12 20--12

312 334 4716 478 558

312 4 438 434 512

118 118 118

H-43
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Part Name

Notes

Flange, Trough 6-38 1 6-14 34 2-14 34 5- 4 4


1 3 5 3 3 3 1 1 1 5 1 5 1

6-38 1 8-38 1 6-516 34 2-516 34 6- 16 4 6-38 1 2-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 114 8-58 112 4-38 1 4-38 1 4-12 114 4-12 114 4-58 112 8-38 1 8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 114 8-58 112 10-58 112 4-58 112 10-58 112 8- 8 1 8- 8 1 10- 2 1 11- 2 1 4 12- 8 1 4 12- 8 1 4 4-38 1 4-38 1 4-12 1 4-12 114 4-58 114 4-58 112
5

6-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 8-12 1 8-12 114 8-58 114 10-58 114 10-58 112 4-58 112 12- 8 1 2
1

Flange, Tubular Housing

Ends, Trough 12-58 112 6-58 112 12-58 112 10-58 112 4-58 112 10-58 112 12-58 112 6-58 112 12-58 112

Bolt Requirements

PREVIOUS PAGE
Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

Inside

Inside Discharge 6-38 1 2-38 1 6-38 1

Inside Rectangular

Outside Type

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

HOME
2-12 2 4-38 1 4- 8 1 4
3 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

Outside Discharge

Ends, Tubular Housing

Hanger, Trough 2-12 2 4-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 1 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 8 1


3 3 1 1

Style 60 4-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 1 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 8 1 4-38 1 10- 16 4


5 3 5 3

Style 70 4- 2 1 2 4-12 114 4-12 112 4-12 114 4- 2 1 2 4-12 114 10 - 16 4


1

Style 216 4-14 1 4-14 1 4-38 1 4- 4 1


1 3

Style 220 4-38 114 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4


1

4-38 1 4-12 112

Style 226 4- 8 1 4-38 1 10- 16 4


5 3 5 3

SEC A INDEX
4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-14 1 10- 16 4
5 3

Style 230 4-38 1 10- 16 4

Style 316

Style 326

Covers, Trough (Std. 10 ft.)

Saddle Feet 2-38 114 2-14 1 2-14 1 2-38 1 2-38 1 2-38 114 2-38 114 2-38 114 2-12 112 2-12 114 2-12 112 2-12 114 2-58 134 2-12 114 2-58 134 2-58 114 2-58 134 2-58 114 2-58 134 2-58 114

EXIT
8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3 3 3

Flanged Feet

Saddle

Spouts, Discharge 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1 10- 8 1 12-38 1


3

Attaching Bolts

Flange

Flange w/Slide

NEXT PAGE

All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.

CONVEYORS
8-38 1 8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 114 8-58 112 10-58 112 10-58 112 8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 114 8-58 112 10-58 112 10-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 2-12 2 4-12 112
1

H-44
2-12 212 4-12 112
1

2-12 212

2-58 234 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-12 112 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4
1 1

2-58 234 4-12 134 4- 8 1 4


5 3

2-58 234 4-58 2 4-58 2 4-58 134 4-58 134 4-58 134 4- 8 1 2
5 1

4-58 212 4-58 134 4-58 2 4-58 134 4- 8 1 2


5 1

4-58 134 4-58 212 4-58 134 4-58 112 4-12 114 5-58 112 4-58 112 4-58 112

4-12 114 10- 16 4


5 3

10- 16 4
5 3

10 - 16 4
5 3

10 - 16 4
5 3

10-516 34

8-38 112

8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1

8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1


3

12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1


3

12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1


3

12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4


1 1

12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4


1 1

12-12 112 20-12 1 16-12 114

Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes

Part Name

112

2716

3716

Bearings, End 3-38 114 3-38 114 4- 8 1 4


3 1 1 1 5 3 5 3 3

Discharge Bronze 3-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4- 2 2


1 1 1 5 1 3

3-12 112 3-58 112 4- 8 1 4 4-58 112 4- 2 2 4 2-58 2 2- 8 2 2


5 1 5 3

3-58 134 3-58 134 4- 8 1 4 4-58 134 4- 8 2 2 2-58 214 2- 8 2 4 2-58 234 4- 4 2 4
3

3-58 134 3-34 2 4- 4 2 4-34 2

3-34 2

3-34 214 3-34 214 4-34 214 4-34 214 4-34 314 2-78 234

PREVIOUS PAGE
4-38 114 2-38 112 2- 8 1 4
3 3 1 1

Discharge Ball

Flanged Bronze

Flanged Ball

Flanged Roller 2-12 134 2- 2 2 4 2-12 214 2-58 212

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

HOME
3

Pillow Block Bronze

2-34 212 2- 4 3 2
1

Pillow Block Ball

2-78 334 2-34 3 2-78 312

Pillow Block, Roller

Bearings, Thrust 4-12 234 4-12 234 4-58 314


3 3

Type E Roller

4-34 312 4 5-312 Pipe

4-34 334

SEC A INDEX
8 2116
1 5

Coupling Bolts

2 3

8 358

8 438

7 3

8 512 4 512-4 Pipe

Seals, Shafts 412 112 412 2 4 2 2 2


1 1 1

Flanged Gland

4-58 112 4-58 214 4- 2 2 4


3

4-58 112 4-58 214 4- 8 3


5

4-34 112 4-34 234 4- 4 3 4


3 1

4-34 134 4-34 3 4-34 312

EXIT
212 112 4 2 3 4
1 1 5

Plate w/Ball or Bronze

Plate w/Roller

Split Gland

2-12 112 4- 8 3 2
1

2-58 134 4- 8 3 4
5 3

2-58 134 4- 4 4
3

2-34 214 4-34 334 4-12 4 4-58 4 4-34 414 4-34 412

Waste Pack, w/Ball or Bronze 412 334

Waste Pack, w/Roller

Bolt Requirements

NEXT PAGE

*See page H-87 for special coupling bolts. All other bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.

H-45 CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Pipe Sizes, Dimensions and Weights


Nominal Pipe Size Inches
1

Outside Diameter Inches

I.P.S. Schedule

Wall Inches

Inside Diameter Inches

Wt./Ft. Pounds

Nominal Pipe Size Inches

Outside Diameter Inches

I.P.S. Schedule

Wall Inches

Inside Diameter Inches

Wt./Ft. Pounds

.405 40 80

10S 40S Est 80S Ex. Hvy.

.049 .068 .095

.307 .269 .215

.1863 .2447 .3145

3.500 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy.

.083 .120 .216 .300 .438 .600

3.334 3.260 3.068 2.900 2.624 2.300

3.029 4.332 7.576 10.25 14.32 18.58

.540 40 80

10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy.

.065 .088 .119

.410 .364 .302

.3297 .4248 .5351

XX Hvy.

312
3

4.000 40 80

.675 40 80

10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.

.065 .091 .126

.545 .493 .423

.4235 .5676 .7388

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.

.083 .120 .226 .318

3.834 3.760 3.548 3.364

3.472 4.973 9.109 12.50

.840 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294

.710 .674 .622 .546 .466 .252

.5383 .6710 .8510 1.088 1.304 1.714

4.500 40 80 120 160

5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy.

XX Hvy.
3

.083 .120 .237 .337 .438 .531 .674

4.334 4.260 4.026 3.826 3.624 3.438 3.152

3.915 5.613 10.79 14.98 19.00 22.51 27.54

1.050 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .083 .113 .154 .218 .308

.920 .884 .824 .742 .614 .434

.6838 .8572 1.131 1.474 1.937 2.441

5.563 40 80 120 160

5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy.

XX Hvy.

.109 .134 .258 .375 .500 .625 .750

5.345 5.295 5.047 4.813 4.563 4.313 4.063

6.349 7.770 14.62 20.78 27.04 32.96 38.55

1.315 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358

1.185 1.097 1.049 .957 .815 .599

.8678 1.404 1.679 2.172 2.844 3.659

6.625 40 80 120 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.

114

1.660 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382

1.530 1.442 1.380 1.278 1.160 .896

1.107 1.806 2.273 2.997 3.765 5.214

XX Hvy.

.109 .134 .280 .432 .562 .718 .864

6.407 6.357 6.065 5.761 5.491 5.189 4.897

7.585 9.289 18.97 28.57 36.39 45.30 53.16

CONVEYORS

8.625 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

5S 10S

40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy.

112

1.900 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .109 .145 .200 .281 .400

1.770 1.682 1.610 1.500 1.338 1.100

1.274 2.085 2.718 3.631 4.859 6.408

XX Hvy.

.109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .406 .500 .593 .718 .812 .875 .906

8.407 8.329 8.125 8.071 7.981 7.813 7.625 7.439 7.189 7.001 6.875 6.813

9.914 13.40 22.36 24.70 28.55 35.64 43.39 50.87 60.63 67.76 72.42 74.69

2.375 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.065 .109 .154 .218 .343 .436

2.245 2.157 2.067 1.939 1.689 1.503

1.604 2.638 3.653 5.022 7.444 9.029

10

10.750 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

5S 10S

40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.

212

2.875 40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552

2.709 2.635 2.469 2.323 2.125 1.771

2.475 3.531 5.793 7.661 10.01 13.69

.134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .500 .593 .718 .843 1.000 1.125

10.482 10.420 10.250 10.136 10.020 9.750 9.564 9.224 9.064 8.750 8.500

15.19 18.70 28.04 34.24 40.48 54.74 64.33 76.93 89.20 104.1 115.7

NOTE: Weights shown are in pounds per foot, based on the average wall of the pipe. The following formula was used in calculating the weight per foot.

W= W= D = t=

10.68 (D t)t Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits) Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places) Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)

All weights are carried to four digits only, the fth digit being carried forward if ve or over, or dropped if under ve.

H-46
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Typical Drive Arrangements


The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below. In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connection to other equipment. For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department. Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly connected to the conveyor screw and includes integral thrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motor mount may be positioned at top, either side, or below. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and seal are not required.

Screw Driver Reducer

(Side View)

Shaft Mounted Reducer

Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and V-Belt drive may be in any convenient location. The torque arm may be fastened to the oor, or tted to trough end. Requires extended drive shaft, end bearing, and seal.

(End View)

Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough by means of an adapter plate.
Gearmotor Drive

(Side View)

Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted on oor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.
Base Type Reducer Drive

(Top View)

H-47
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

CEMA Standards
Helicoid Screw Conveyors
B Thickness at edges C Pitch tolerance Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds F End lugs used on all sizes except 4 dia. conveyor D Bore +0 116 A Diameter Tolerance Plus
1

G H Bolt hole

A Diameter tolerance

Length

Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch

Coupling Diameter

Size Designation

Pipe Size Schedule 40

Length Feet and Inches

B Thickness Inner Edge


3

C Pitch Tolerance Plus


1 1

D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter Minimum Maximum

F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole


1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 15 15

G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole

H Nominal Bolt Hole Size


13 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 21 17 21 21 21 21 21 25 21 25 25 25

Minus
1 3 3 3 3 3 3

Outer Edge
3

Minus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 16

1 1 2
1

4H206 6H304 6H308 6H312 9H306 9H312 9H406 9H412 9H414 10H306 10H412 12H408 12H412 12H508 12H512 12H614 14H508 14H614 16H610 16H614

114 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 2 212 212 212 3 3 312 3 312 312 4

9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

16 8 4 8 8 8

32 16 8 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 8 8 16 16 32 8 32 32 32

2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1.005 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005

1.016 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025

2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

16 16 16 16 16 16 4 4 4

1 1 3 3

112 112 112 112 2 2 2 112 2 2 2 2716 2716 3 2716 3 3 3

1 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

16 16 16 16 8 4 8 4 8 4

3 3

3 3

1 1 3

3 7 3

3 7 3

16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 16

1 5 5 5 5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 3 1 3 7

1 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 112 112

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 3 7

16 16 16

3 5

16 16 16 16

1
15

1 7 5 7

1 7 5 7

3 3 3

1 1 1

Bend

Line

es pac al S Equ

5 ately roxim App

CONVEYORS

16

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors


Right Angle Bend

Screw Diameter

C
5 7

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

138 2 3 3 38 4 458 514 6 6 58 7 78

1 112 218 214 234 318 312 378 414 478

112 134 2 212 3 338 378 478

Depth of cut C is one half the ight width for normal maximum pipe size. Lengths A and B are calculated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.
Carrying Side

Omit First Two Cuts

5 Cuts Per Pitch

Carrying Side

Omit First Two Cuts

5 Cuts Per Pitch

H-48
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

CEMA Standards
Sectional Screw Conveyors
B Thickness of Butt Welded Flight C Pitch tolerance Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds F End lugs on 6 through 16 sizes. On 18, 20 and 24, end welds or end lugs used according to manufacturer s standards. Length +0 116 A Diameter Tolerance Plus
1 1 1 1 1

G H Bolt hole

A Diameter tolerance

D Bore

Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch

Cplng. Dia.

Size Designation

Pipe Size Schedule 40

Length Feet and Inches

B Flight Thickness
3 3 3

C Pitch Tolerance Plus Minus


1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter Minimum Maximum

F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole


7 7 7 7 7 7 15 15

G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole

H Nominal Bolt Hole Size


17 17 21 21 21 21 21 21 25 25 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 29 29 29 29

Minus

112 1 2
1

6S312 9S312 9S412 9S416 10S412 12S412 12S512 12S516 12S616 12S624 14S512 14S616 14S624 16S612 16S616 16S624 16S632 18S612 18S616 18S624 18S632 20S612 20S616 20S624 24S712 24S716 24S724 24S732

2 2 212 212 212 212 3 3 312 312 3 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 4 4 4 4

9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8

16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

16 16 16 4 16 16 16 16 16 8 16 16 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 2

3 3 3

16 16 16 4 16 16 16 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 4 8 2

3 1 1 1

8 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.443 3.443 3.443 3.443

1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.467 3.467 3.467 3.467

8 8 8 8 8 8

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

9 10

2 2 2 2 2716

1 3 5 5 5 5

1 3 3 3

1 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

16 16

12

2716 3 3 2716

1 1 3 3

1 1
15

3 5 5

16

3 3 3

16

14

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 112 112 112 112

3 3 3 3 1

16

3 3 3 3

1 3 1 3

16

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1

16

3 3 3 3

18

3 3 3 3

1 3 1 3

16

7 7 7

20

3 3 3716

1 3 3

16

7 7 7 7

24

3716 3716 3716

1 3 1

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

H-49
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Sample Work Sheet


Client: ________________________________________ Conveyor No.:__________________________________
Table 1-2

Date Quote Due:__________________________________ Inquiry No.: ______________________________________

_______ Dia. Length

L = _______________________

Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________ Component Series: ________________________________ Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________ Notes: __________________________________________
CFH CFH

Material: ______________________________________ Capacity:______________________________________ Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3 Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____

Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour)

= TPH x 2000
W

CFH = Bushels per Hour 1.24

= Pounds per Hour


W

Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5

Equivalent Capacity

__________
Table 1-6

Reqd Capacity

CF1 __________

CF2 __________

CF3 __________

Equivalent __________ CFH Capacity

Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from at max RPM column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity Screw RPM = N = ____________ =
Table 1-7 Equivalent Capacity Capacity at one RPM for diameter selected

Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter.
Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17

Values to be substituted in formula: ______

______

______

______

______

Fd
HPf = ( L )( N )( Fd )( Fb 0000000001,000,0000000000 HPm = ( C )( L )( W )( Ff )( Fm )(

Fb

Ff

Fp

e
NOTE: Consult factory for feeder horsepower

CONVEYORS

) = ____________ Fp

) = ____________

00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000 If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0) Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________ e DRIVE: Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM
Tables 1-18, 1-19

Torque = Motor HP0063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs. Screw RPM List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________
Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11

Select Components: Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________

H-50
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Components

SECTION III
COMPONENT SECTION III PAGE

Component Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-52 Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-54 Discharges and Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-58 Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-64 Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71 End Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-72 Thrust Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-74 Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-76 Conveyor Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-79 Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-87 Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-88 Hangers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-93 Hanger Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-101 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-103 Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-105 Conveyor Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-106
CONVEYORS

SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIED IN STOCK


H-51
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Component Selection
Required Information
Screw diameter Shaft diameter Material component group Unusual material characteristics

Conveyor Trough and Tubular Housing


Standard trough and housing sections are available in five, six, ten, and 12 foot lengths. Standard ve and six foot lengths should be used when connecting flanges coincide with discharge openings or hanger bearings.

Conveyor Screws
Standard length conveyor screws should be used whenever possible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required. The recommended screws listed in the Component Series Table are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. The use of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of individual preference. Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end which is being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation is reversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away from that end. In left hand screw conveyors, the material flow is opposite to that of right hand screws, the direction of rotation being unchanged. To determine hand of screw see pages H-38 and H-39. The material is carried on one face of the conveyor ighting in conveyors which are required to transport material in one direction, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the opposite face to facilitate unimpeded ow of the material. Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs are toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections must not be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversed without turning the conveyor sections end for end. Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended for material transport in either direction should be referred to our Engineering Department. Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the last discharge opening to ensure complete discharge of material without carryover. Continuity of material ow at hanger points is accomplished by opposing adjacent ight ends approximately 180. (As close to 180 as the predrilled holes will allow.)

Shafts
The primary consideration in determining the type and size of coupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected are adequate to transmit the horsepower required, including any overload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However, high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations. Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosive or contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyors equipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearings require hardened coupling shafts. Specic shaft size determination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-27.

Shaft Seals
Several conveyor end seal types are available to prevent contamination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape of material from the system.

Bearings
Hanger Bearing The purpose of hanger bearings is to provide intermediate support when multiple screw sections are used. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads. Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between the bearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by the thrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe. The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the Material Characteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material to be handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of the material or the conditions under which the conveyor must operate make it desirable to use special bearing materials. Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult our Engineering Department. End Bearings Several end bearing types are available, and their selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load and thrust load. The relative values of these loads determines end bearing types.

CONVEYORS

H-52
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Component Selection
Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However, drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) are subject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such as chain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. Screw Conveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carry both thrust and radial loads. Interlocking or Matting Materials Conveying with standard components is sometimes possible by the use of special feeding devices at the conveyor inlet. Hygroscopic Materials Frequently these materials may be handled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealed from the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessary to provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circulating medium to maintain the material at an elevated temperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is also used in some installations. Viscous or Sticky Materials Ribbon ight conveyor screws are most frequently used for conveying these materials although standard components may be specially coated to improve the ow of material. Harmful Vapors or Dusts These materials may be safely handled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, or gasketed anged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in some installations. Blending in Transit Ribbon, cut ight, paddle, or a combination of these screw types may be designed to produce the desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing. Explosive Dusts The danger of this condition may be minimized in most installations by the use of components which are fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable for the removal of explosive dusts. Materials Subject to Packing This condition requires the use of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles are large or brous. Materials which are Fluid when Aerated This condition may be used to advantage in some installations by declining the conveyor system toward the discharge end. Degradable Materials Some particles that are easily broken or distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by reducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufcient to deliver the required volume of material. Elevated Temperature Components should be fabricated from high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that cooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed trough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material and standard components used after the point where material temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.

Discharge Spouts and Gates


Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated either manually or by remote controls. In installations where it is possible to overll the device to which material is being transported, an additional overow discharge opening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consult our Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock and safety devices to prevent overflow or damage to equipment. It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such that standard component specications are inadequate. Should unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our Engineering Department should be consulted.

Conveyor Ends
A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many bearing types and combinations.

Special Applications
More common of the unusual material characteristics which require other than the recommended components are: Corrosive Materials Components may be fabricated from alloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective substance. Contaminable Materials Require the use of oil impregnated, sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside. Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be designed for convenient disassembly. Abrasive Materials These materials may be handled in conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasive damage.

H-53
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Trough
FORMED FLANGE U-TROUGH Commonly used economical trough. One piece construction. Standard lengths in stock.

ANGLE FLANGE U-TROUGH FORMED FLANGE TUBULAR TROUGH

Rigid construction. Standard lengths in stock.

Loadable to full cross section for feeder applications. Minimizes fall back in inclined applications. Easily taken apart for maintenance. Can be gasketed for dust tight enclosure. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclined applications. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. Used where materials tend to bridge or when ared inlets are needed.

SOLID TUBULAR TROUGH FLARED TROUGH

CHANNEL TROUGH CONVEYORS

Adds structural support for longer than standard spans.

DROP BOTTOM TROUGH

Used when complete material clean-out is critical. Can be furnished with hinges either side and bolts or clamps opposite side.

FORMED FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH

Material being conveyed forms its own trough thereby reducing trough wear. One piece construction.

ANGLE FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH

The same as formed ange rectangular except top anges are made from structural angle.

JACKETED TROUGH

Jacket allows heating or cooling of material being conveyed.

H-54
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Standard Conveyor Trough


Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled end anges.

LGTH.

Angle Flange
Conveyor Diameter D Trough Thick. Angle Flanged Part Number Angle Flanged Trough Weight 10* Length 5 Length Weight 12 Length 6 Length Part Number Formed Flanged Trough Weight 10 Length 5 Length Weight 12 Length 6 Length A

Formed Flange

4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24

16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

4CTA16 4CTA14 4CTA12 6CTA16 6CTA14 6CTA12 6CTA10 6CTA7 9CTA16 9CTA14 9CTA12 9CTA10 9CTA7 9CTA3 10CTA16 10CTA14 10CTA12 10CTA10 10CTA7 10CTA3 12CTA12 12CTA10 12CTA7 12CTA3 14CTA12 14CTA10 14CTA7 14CTA3 16CTA12 16CTA10 16CTA7 16CTA3 18CTA12 18CTA10 18CTA7 18CTA3 20CTA10 20CTA7 20CTA3 24CTA10 24CTA7 24CTA3

53 60 78 67 78 101 123 164 113 127 156 176 230 286 118 133 164 178 233 306 197 234 294 372 214 258 328 418 238 288 368 471 252 353 444 559 383 484 612 443 563 717

29 33 42 44 49 60 73 86 66 73 87 102 124 152 69 76 92 102 131 163 113 133 164 203 121 143 180 224 133 159 200 243 159 170 243 298 228 271 334 255 319 363

236 281 353 446 257 309 394 501 285 345 442 565 302 423 533 671 460 581 734 531 676 860

135 160 197 244 145 172 216 269 160 191 240 291 191 204 291 358 274 325 401 306 383 435

4CTF16 4CTF14 4CTF12 6CTF16 6CTF14 6CTF12 6CTF10 6CTF7 9CTF16 9CTF14 9CTF12 9CTF10 9CTF7 9CTF3 10CTF16 10CTF14 10CTF12 10CTF10 10CTF7 10CTF3 12CTF12 12CTF10 12CTF7 12CTF3 14CTF12 14CTF10 14CTF7 14CTF3 16CTF12 16CTF10 16CTF7 16CTF3 18CTF12 18CTF10 18CTF7 18CTF3 20CTF10 20CTF7 20CTF3 24CTF10 24CTF7 24CTF3

41 50 70 55 67 91 117 150 83 99 132 164 214 276 88 105 140 167 217 296 164 187 272 357 183 207 304 403 206 234 345 455 240 269 394 520 296 434 573 384 514 678

23 28 38 32 38 50 64 79 51 59 75 91 116 147 54 62 80 91 123 158 95 117 150 194 102 127 168 215 107 144 188 228 133 165 217 275 190 247 315 227 293 339

197 224 326 428 219 248 365 483 247 281 414 546 288 323 473 624 355 521 687 461 617 813

114 140 180 233 122 152 202 258 128 173 226 273 160 198 260 330 228 296 378 272 352 406

358

758 71116 734 9 58 91116 9 34 9 34 9 78 1318 13316 1314 13516 1338 1312 1418 14316 1414 14516 1438 1412 1714 17516 1738 1712 1914 19516 1938 1912 2114 21516 2138 2112 2414 24516 2438 2412 26516 2638 2612 30516 3038 3012

734 71316 8 934 91316 10 10 978 1314 13516 1312 1312 1338 1312 1414 14516 1412 1412 1438 1412 1712 1712 1738 1712 1912 1912 1938 1912 2112 2112 2138 2112 2412 2412 2438 2412 2612 2638 2612 3012 3038 3012

114

412

10

112

618

11

112

638

13

734

15

914

17

1058

19

212

1218

21

212

1312

25

212

1612

Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns Page H-42


Double formed ange standard

All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum, abrasion resistant, etc.

on all sizes through 10 ga.

H-55
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Tubular Housing
Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dust and weather-tight, and may be loaded to a full cross section. Conveyors with tubular housings are rigid and are highly suitable for conveying material on an incline. Three types shown are available.

Tubular housing

Flanged tubular housing

Angle anged tubular housing

Tubular Housing Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness Part Number Weight 10 Length 5 Length

Formed Flange Part Number Weight 10

Angle Flange Part Number Weight 10 A B C

4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10

16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

4CHT16 4CHT14 4CHT12 6CHT16 6CHT14 6CHT12 6CHT10 6CHT7 9CHT16 9CHT14 9CHT12 9CHT10 9CHT7 9CHT3 10CHT16 10CHT14 10CHT12 10CHT10 10CHT7 10CHT3 12CHT12 12CHT10 12CHT7 12CHT3 14CHT12 14CHT10 14CHT7 14CHT3 16CHT12 16CHT10 16CHT7 16CHT3 18CHT12 18CHT10 18CHT7 18CHT3 20CHT10 20CHT7 20CHT3

60 50 62 85 109 145 72 89 122 155 208 275 79 97 133 169 227 301 163 208 275 362 187 236 316 416 212 268 358 472 242 304 405 533 335 446 586 399 531 699

31 27 33 44 56 74 39 47 64 80 107 140 42 52 70 88 117 154 88 111 144 188 101 126 166 216 114 142 187 244 133 164 214 278 188 237 307 215 281 365

4CHT16-F 4CHT14-F 4CHT12-F 6CHT16-F 6CHT14-F 6CHT12-F 6CHT10-F 6CHT7-F 9CHT16-F 9CHT14-F 9CHT12-F 9CHT10-F 9CHT7-F 9CHT3-F 10CHT16-F 10CHT14-F 10CHT12-F 10CHT10-F 10CHT7-F 10CHT3-F 12CHT12-F 12CHT10-F 12CHT7-F 12CHT3-F 14CHT12-F 14CHT10-F 14CHT7-F 14CHT3-F 16CHT12-F 16CHT10-F 16CHT7-F 16CHT3-F 18CHT12-F 18CHT10-F 18CHT7-F 18CHT3-F 20CHT10-F 20CHT7-F 20CHT3-F 24CHT10-F 24CHT7-F 24CHT3-F

43 53 74 60 75 103 133 168 84 104 143 182 245 324 91 112 154 196 264 350 193 247 328 432 217 275 369 486 242 307 411 542 280 352 471 621 381 510 671 445 594 784

4CHT16-A 4CHT14-A 4CHT12-A 6CHT16-A 6CHT14-A 6CHT12-A 6CHT10-A 6CHT7-A 9CHT16-A 9CHT14-A 9CHT12-A 9CHT10-A 9CHT7-A 9CHT3-A 10CHT16-A 10CHT14-A 10CHT12-A 10CHT10-A 10CHT7-A 10CHT3-A 12CHT12-A 12CHT10-A 12CHT7-A 12CHT3-A 14CHT12-A 14CHT10-A 14CHT7-A 14CHT3-A 16CHT12-A 16CHT10-A 16CHT7-A 16CHT3-A 18CHT12-A 18CHT10-A 18CHT7-A 18CHT3-A 20CHT10-A 20CHT7-A 20CHT3-A 24CHT10-A 24CHT7-A 24CHT3-A

81 89 106 110 122 145 187 205 131 148 181 214 267 334 138 156 192 228 286 360 235 280 347 434 259 308 388 488 310 366 456 570 340 402 503 631 433 544 684 497 629 797

718 7316 714 958 91116 934 91316 978 1258 121116 1234 121316 1278 13 1358 131116 1334 131316 1378 14 1614 16516 1638 1612 1814 18516 1838 1812 2114 21516 2138 2112 2314 23516 2338 2312 25516 2538 2512 29516 2938 2912

114

10

114

11

114

CONVEYORS

12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20

13

112

15

112

17

19

21

24 10 GA. 24CHT10 3 24 16 24CHT7 1 4 24CHT3 24 Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

25

H-56
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Flared Trough
Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materials which are not free-owing or which have a tendency to stick to the trough.

Length

Conveyor Diameter

Trough Thickness

Part Number

Weight Per Foot

Standard Length Foot

6 6 9 9 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 Standard Gauge

14 GA. 12 14 GA. 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

6FCT14 6FCT12 9FCT14 9FCT12 9FCT10 9FCT7 9FCT3 12FCT12 12FCT10 12FCT7 12FCT3 14FCT12 14FCT10 14FCT7 14FCT3 16FCT12 16FCT10 16FCT7 16FCT3 18FCT12 18FCT10 18FCT7 18FCT3 20FCT10 20FCT7 20FCT3 24FCT10 24FCT7 24FCT3

9 12 13 14 19 22 25 20 24 32 43 23 27 37 49 25 31 39 52 27 35 45 56 36 48 60 41 54 69

14

1658 1634 21316 2114 2114 2138 2112 2614 2614 2638 2612 2814 2814 2838 2812 3214 3214 3238 3212 3614 3614 3638 3612 3914 3938 3912 4514 4538 4512

312

10

18

10

10

612

12

22

11

712

12

24

28

1112

812

12

31

1218

912

12

34 40

1312 1612

1012 1212

12 12

See Page H-42 for Bolt Pattern

H-57
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharges and Gates


Discharge Spout Index
Conveyor Diameter 14 TSD 12 Spout Thickness 16 - 16 Gauge 14 - 14 Gauge 12 - 12 Gauge 10 - 10 Gauge 7 - 3/16 Types RPFD - Rack & Pinion/Flat Slide Dust Tight RPC - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide RPCD - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide Dust Tight

TSD - Plain, Fixed Spout TSDS - Plain Fixed Spout W/Slide TSDF - Flush End Spout RPF - Rack & Pinion/Flat Side

STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT WITH HAND SLIDE

Most commonly used. Flanged hole drilling is per CEMA Standards. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

Standard spout shown above with the addition of the slide and side guides. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUT

Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of the conveyor which eliminates ledge at end of trough and product build-up. Special ush-end trough ends required when this style of discharge is used.

FLAT SLIDE GATE

Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, rope wheel, pocket wheel and chain. Discharge spout is included when tted. Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Not dust-tight). Contoured shape of slide eliminates pocket found in at slide type. Rack & pinion type available with handwheel, or rope wheel, or pocket wheel with chain. Curved slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Standard curved slide gate is not dust-tight.) All curved slide gates should be installed at factory.

CONVEYORS

CURVED SLIDE GATE

DUST TIGHT RACK AND PINION FLAT SLIDE

Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either at or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

H-58
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharge Spouts
Plain Opening Fixed Spout with Slide Gate

Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.

Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be controlled. Bolted ange permits slide to be operated from any side.

Fixed Spout

Flush End Spout

Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough. Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.

Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the nal discharge point. The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flange drilled with standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Because it is located at the extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past the final discharge point. The flush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual discharge point.
D G H F

Screw Diameter

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
Trough Thickness Gauge

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712


Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge

334 5 718 778 878 1018 1118 1238 1338 1538

16 16 5 16 5 16 5 16
5 5

558 658 8 838 1018 1114 1238 1338 1438 1638

11 14 19 20 24 27 30 33 36 42
Weight

212 312 5 512 612 712 812 912 1012 1212

16 16 5 16 3 8 3 8
5 5

Screw Diameter

Fixed Spout Plain With Slide

Flush End Spout

Fixed Spout Plain Slide

Flush End Spout

4 4 6 6 9 9 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

16-14 12 14-12 3 16 16-14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3

16 12 16 12 14 10 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16

4TSD16 4TSD12 6TSD14 6TSD12 9TSD14 9TSD10 10TSD14 10TSD10 12TSD12 12TSD7 14TSD12 14TSD7 16TSD12 16TSD7 18TSD12 18TSD7 20TSD12 20TSD7 24TSD12 24TSD7

4TSDS16 4TSDS12 6TSDS14 6TSDS12 9TSDS14 9TSDS10 10TSDS14 10TSDS10 12TSDS12 12TSDS7 14TSDS12 14TSDS7 16TSDS12 16TSDS7 18TSDS12 18TSDS7 20TSDS12 20TSDS7 24TSDS12 24TSDS7

4TSDF16 4TSDF12 6TSDF16 6TSDF12 9TSDF14 9TSDF10 10TSDF14 10TSDF10 12TSDF12 12TSDF7 14TSDF12 14TSDF7 16TSDF12 16TSDF7 18TSDF12 18TSDF7 20TSDF12 20TSDF7 24TSDF12 24TSDF7

2 3 4 6 8 13 10 16 17 29 22 38 21 40 32 60 40 67 52 87

6 7 11 13 18 22 21 27 36 48 46 62 49 68 69 97 91 118 116 151

1.5 2.25 3.0 4.50 6.0 9.75 7.5 12.0 12.75 21.75 16.50 28.50 15.75 30.0 24.0 45.0 30.0 50.25 39.0 65.25 Add F for Fitted

10 16-14 10 16-14

Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

H-59
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Part Number

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharge Gates
Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

Rack and Pinion Flat Slide

Screw Diameter

K Diameter

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712


Trough Thickness Gauge

334 5 718 778 878 1018 1118 1238 1338 1538

7 814 1038 1118 1218 1338 1438 1558 161116 181116

1312 16 2014 2312 2512 3114 3358 3778 4034 4612

612 712 9 1012 11 1212 1312 1412 1512 1712

5 6 912 10 1214 1314 1414 1534 1634 1834


Part Number Rack and Pinion

512 634 878 978 1078 12 13 1418 1518 1738

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Weight Rack and Pinion

CONVEYORS H-60

Screw Diameter

Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge

4 4 6 6 9 9 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18* 18* 20* 20* 24* 24*

16-14 12
3

14 12 14 12 14 10 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16

4RPF14 4RPF12 6RPF14 6RPF12 9RPF14 9RPF10 10RPF14 10RPF10 12RPF12 12RPF7 14RPF12 14RPF7 16RPF12 16RPF7 18RPF12 18RPF7 20RPF12 20RPF7 24RPF12 24RPF7

18 21 28 31 49 54 56 62 94 106 107 123 112 131 157 185 185 212 233 268 Add F for Fitted

16-14-12 16 14-12-10 16-14

14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14


3

12-10 16 -14 12-10 16-14

12-10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14

* Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43 All Rack & Pinion Gates 18 and Larger Have Double Rack & Pinion.

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharge Gates
Rack and Pinion Curved Slide
Curved rack and pinion slide gates are contoured to the shape of the trough thus eliminating pocket caused by at slide. Slide operates parallel to the trough only. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

Std. Disch. Spout Drilling See Page H-43

Conveyor Diameter

Trough Thickness

Spout Thickness

Part Number*

Weight Pounds

H Diameter

4 4 6 6 9 9 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

14,16 Cal. 12 Cal.


3

14 Cal. 12 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16

4RPC14 4RPC12 6RPC14 6RPC12 9RPC14 9RPC10 10RPC14 10RPC10 12RPC12 12RPC7 14RPC12 14RPC7 16RPC12 16RPC7 18RPC12 18RPC7 20RPC12 20RPC7 24RPC12 24RPC7

20 22 25 28 46 54 53 62 81 97 95 114 103 116 157 187 175 208 220 265

614 614 712 712 9 9 912 912 1138 1138 1278 1278 1438 1438 1578 1578 1738 1738 1938 1938

834 834 1012 1012 15 15 1412 1412 1712 1712 2012 2012 2312 2312 2512 2512 2812 2812 3512 3512

12 12 15 15 2012 2012 21 21 2534 2534 3014 3014 36 36 3714 3714 39 39 47 47

334 334 5 5 718 718 778 778 878 878 1018 1018 1118 1118 1238 1238 1338 1338 1538 1538

6 6 8 8 834 834 918 918 11 11 12 12 13 13 1538 1538 1638 1638 1838 1838

412 458 512 558 7 718 712 758 812 858 912 958 1012 1058 1112 1158 1212 1258 1412 1458

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

16,14,12 GA. 16 14,12,10 GA. 16,14

14,12,10 GA. 16,14 12,10 GA. 16,14 10,12 GA. 16,14 10,12 GA. 16,14 10,12 GA. 16,14 12 GA. 16,14 10 GA. 16,14

* Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Standard Gauge

Add F for Fitted

H-61
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharge Gates
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either flat or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

Screw Diameter

K Diameter

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
Trough Thickness Gauge

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

712 10 1212 13 15 1512 1612 1812 20 23


Spout and Slide Thickness Gauge

212 4 5 5 5 512 512 612 7 8

12 1812 23 25 28 31 34 3812 4012 4712

6 712 9 10 1112 1212 1312 15 16 18

7 8 11 1112 13 14 15 1612 1712 1912


Part Number

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

712 9 10 1012 1012 1012 1012 1112 12 13

CONVEYORS H-62

Screw Diameter

Flat Slide *

Weight

Curved Slide *

Weight

4 4 6 6 9 9 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

16-14 12 16-14-12 3 16 14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3

14 12 14 12 14 10 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16

4RPFD14 4RPFD12 6RPFD14 6RPFD12 9RPFD12 9RPFD10 10RPFD14 10RPFD10 12RPFD12 12RPFD7 14RPFD12 14RPFD7 16RPFD12 16RPFD7 18RPFD12 18RPFD7 20RPFD12 20RPFD7 24RPFD12 24RPFD7

27 32 42 47 74 81 84 93 141 158 160 185 168 197 240 277 278 318 350 402

4RPCD16 4RPCD12 6RPCD16 6RPCD12 9RPCD12 9RPCD10 10RPCD14 104PCD10 12RPCD12 12RPCD7 14RPCD12 14RPCD7 16RPCD12 16RPCD7 18RPCD12 18RPCD7 20RPCD12 20RPCD7 24RPCD12 24RPCD7

30 35 46 52 81 89 92 102 155 174 176 204 185 217 264 305 306 350 385 442

10 16-14 10 16-14

* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Flange drilling is standard. See page H-43 Add F for Fitted

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharge Gate Accessories


Hand Wheel
Dimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight C D E

12 1 Bore 1 4 Keyway

12HW1

11

118

178

The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when the slide gate is readily accessible. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

Pocket Wheel & Rope Wheel


Dimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight A B C D E

Chain Wheel Rope Wheel

20PW1 12RW1

11 13

1234 1258

2 214

138 158

16

2 178

114

1 Bore 4 Keyway

Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft where remote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 316 pocket chain. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

Hanger Pockets
Hanger pockets are used with tubular trough and are mounted on the trough at bearing connections. The hanger pocket forms a U shaped section for a short distance, allowing the use of standard hangers and providing easy access to them.

Conveyor Diameter

Part Numer

Weight Each

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4CPH16 6CPH16 9CPH14 10CPH14 12CPH12 14CPH12 16CPH12 18CPH12 20CPH10 24CPH10

8 12 12 12 18 18 17 19 21 25

334 434 638 658 8 912 1118 1238 1338 1538

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

2 3 4 9 18 24 26 55 70 85

H-63
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Bolted Top Cover

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
Trough Ends
Conveyor Diameter Type TE Outside W/O Feet TEF Outside W/Feet TEI Inside TER Inside Rectangular TEO Single Bearing Pedestal TEOD Double Bearing Pedestal FTEF Outside Flared W/Feet FTE Outside Flared W/O Feet FTEO Single Bearing Flared Pedestal FTDO Flared Discharge End TDO Outside Discharge End TDI Inside Discharge End CHTE Outside Tubular W/O Feet CHTEF Outside Tubular W/Feet SCD Dorris Screw Drive 9 TEF 3 -BB Bearing Type BB - Ball BR - Bronze RB - Roller -P Plate Only

Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"

U-TROUGH

TUBULAR TROUGH

FLARED TROUGH

RECTANGULAR TROUGH

OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITH FEET

Most common type used as trough support is included.

OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITHOUT FEET

Trough support not included.

CONVEYORS

INSIDE PATTERN TROUGH ENDS

Available on application

Available on application

Used where space is limited or trough does not have end ange.

DISCHARGE TROUGH ENDS

Available on application

For end discharge conveyors. Special ange bearing required.

OUTBOARD BEARING TROUGH ENDS SINGLE H-64


PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Used when compression type packing gland seal or split gland seal required.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
Outside Less Feet
Outside trough ends less feet are used to support end bearing and cover when no trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K L N Weight P Slot K Bolts - N E B

P SLOT

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TE2* 6TE3* 9TE3* 9TE4* 10TE3* 10TE4* 12TE4* 12TE5* 12TE6* 14TE5* 14TE6* 16TE6* 18TE6* 18TE7* 20TE6* 20TE7* 24TE7*

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 5516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212

1 1 1

4 4

818 1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

3 3 3

8 8

3 4 9 9 11 11 20 20 20 35 35 42 60 60 90 90 120

7 7 7

16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916

4 1 4
1 1

8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5

4 4

8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8

7 7

4 4 1 4
1 1 1 1 5

16 1116 16 1116 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

16

11 11

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

8 8 8

11

11

Outside With Feet


Outside trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Shaft Diameter Diameter Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H

P SLOT Bolts - N

Bolts - M

Weight

P Slot

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TEF2* 6TEF3* 9TEF3* 9TEF4* 10TEF3* 10TEF4* 12TEF4* 12TEF5* 12TEF6* 14TEF5* 14TEF6* 16TEF6* 18TEF6* 18TEF7* 20TEF6* 20TEF7* 24TEF7*

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

458 558 778 778 878 878 958 958 958 1078 1078 12 1338 1338 15 15 1818

21516 31516 31516 41516 31516 41516 5 512 558 512 558 51116 51116 61516 534 7 7

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212

534 818 938 938 912 912 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 16 16 1914 1914 20

1 1 112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2 214 214 212

158 134 258 258 278 278 234 234 234 278 278 314 314 314 334 334 418

1 1 1

4 4

818 1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2412 2414 2614 2614 3014

8 8

3 3 3

8 8

4 7 12 12 14 14 23 23 23 38 38 45 67 67 120 120 162

7 7 7 7 7 7 9

16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916

3 1

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

2 1 2
1 1 5 5

8 3 8
3 3 1 1

4 4

2 2

8 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

8 8 5 8
5 5 5 5

2 2 1 2
1 1 5 5

16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116


9 9 9

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

8 8 8

2 2 8

16 1116 16 1116 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

16

11 11 11 11 11

8 3 8
3

8 5 8 4 4 3 4
3 3

8 5 8 8 8 5 8
5 5

8 8 3 8
3 3

16 1316 16 1316 11 16 1316

Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals

*BB Ball Bearing *BR Bronze Bearing

*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing

H-65
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
D

Inside
B
Bolts - N

Inside trough ends are used in place of outside type where no trough end flanges are required. Drilling for bronze bearings or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K N

Weight

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TEI2* 6TEI3* 9TEI3* 9TEI4* 10TEI3* 10TEI4* 12TEI4* 12TEI5* 12TEI6* 14TEI5* 14TEI6* 16TEI6* 18TEI6* 18TEI7* 20TEI6* 20TEI7* 24TEI7*

5 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1

4 4

1 5

3 5 9 9 11 11 19 19 19 34 34 40 58 58 83 83 116

16

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

4 4

8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

16

5 5

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

8 8 8

D
Bolts - N

Inside Rectangular
Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K

CONVEYORS

Weight

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TER2* 6TER3* 9TER3* 9TER4* 10TER3* 10TER4* 12TER4* 12TER5* 12TER6* 14TER5* 14TER6* 16TER6* 18TER6* 18TER7* 20TER6* 20TER7* 24TER7*

5 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

212 312 5 5 512 512 612 612 612 712 712 812 912 912 1012 1012 1212

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1

4 4

1 5

4 6 9 9 12 12 21 21 21 35 35 41 60 60 88 88 125

16

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

4 4

8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

16

5 5

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

8 8 8

Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals

*BB Ball Bearing *BP Bronze Bearing

*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing

H-66
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
P SLOT

Single Bearing
Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are constructed with base for mounting pillow block bearings and shaft seal or packing gland.
Bolts - N

Bolts - M

Conveyor Diameter

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

P Slot

Weight

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2 16 3


7

6TEO3 9TEO3 9TEO4 10TEO3 10TEO4 12TEO4 12TEO5 12TEO6 14TEO5 14TEO6 16TEO6 18TEO6 18TEO7 20TEO6 20TEO7 24TEO7

14 16 18 20 24

Consult Factory

3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

P SLOT

Double Bearing
Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for use with pillow block bearing in conjunction with a anged bearing providing extra shaft support.

Bolts - N

C K

Bolts - M
F

H R

Conveyor Diameter

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

P Slot

Weight

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2 16 3


7

6TEOD3 9TEOD3 9TEOD4 10TEOD3 10TEOD4 12TEOD4 12TEOD5 12TEOD6 14TEOD5 14TEOD6 16TEOD6 18TEOD6 18TEOD7 20TEOD6 20TEOD7 24TEOD7

14 16 18 20 24

Consult Factory

3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

H-67
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
P SLOT P SLOT P SLOT P SLOT

Outside With Feet

Outside Less Feet

Outboard Bearing

Discharge

Application: same as standard trough ends except for ared trough.


D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K M N R P Slot

6 9 12

112 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

1658 2114 2114 2638 2638 2638 2838 2838 3212 3612 3612 3912 3912 4512

7 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 1112 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

558 778 778 958 958 958 1078 1078 12 1338 1338 15 15 1818

3316 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438

334 334 378 378 412 5 412 5 5 5 558 5 558 558

112 158 158 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212

818 938 938 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 16 16 1914 1914 20

1 112 112 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2 214 214 212

134 258 258 234 234 234 278 278 314 314 314 334 334 418

1 1

3 1

3 3

7 7 7 9

16 916 16 916 16 916

4 1 4 4 4 1 4
1 1 1 5 5

2 1 2 8 8 5 8
5 5 5 5 5

8 3 8
1

Consult Factory

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5 5

16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116


9 9 9

14 16 18 20 24

4 16 16

8 8 8

2 2 8

16 1116 16 1116 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

11 11 11 11 11 11

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

4 4 4

8 8 8

CONVEYORS

Part Number Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Outside With Feet Weight Outside Less Feet Weight Outboard Bearing Weight Discharge Weight

6 9 12

112 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6FTEF3.* 9FTEF3* 9FTEF4* 12FTEF4* 12FTEF5* 12FTEF6* 14FTEF5* 14FTEF6* 16FTEF6* 18FTEF6* 18FTEF7* 20FTEF6* 20FTEF7* 24FTEF7*

15 22 27 43 44 56 52 64 85 98 104 133 139 179

6FTE3* 9FTE3* 9FTE4* 12FTE4* 12FTE5* 12FTE6* 14FTE5* 14FTE6* 16FTE6* 18FTE6* 18FTE7* 20FTE6* 20FTE7* 24FTE7*

13 19 24 36 37 49 43 55 72 83 89 103 109 132

6FTEO3* 9FTEO3* 9FTEO4* 12FTEO4* 12FTEO5* 12FTEO6* 14FTEO5* 14FTEO6* 16FTEO6* 18FTEO6* 18FTEO7* 20FTEO6* 20FTEO7* 24FTEO7*

22 31 36 63 64 76 75 87 125 138 144 196 202 250

6FTDO3** 9FTDO3** 9FTDO4** 12FTDO4** 12FTDO5** 12FTDO6** 14FTDO5** 14FTDO6** 16FTDO6** 18FTDO6** 18FTDO7** 20FTDO6** 20FTDO7** 24FTDO7**

11 15 20 28 29 41 33 45 56 63 69 75 81 96

14 16 18 20 24 *BB *BR *RB *P

Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing

**BB Ball Bearing **BR Bronze Bearing **P Less Bearing

For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42

H-68
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
Outside Discharge
Outside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of the trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K L M N P Slot Weight Bolts N PP Slot Oricio

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TDO2.* 6TDO3* 9TDO3* 9TDO4* 10TDO3* 10TDO4* 12TDO4* 12TDO5* 12TDO6* 14TDO5* 14TDO6* 16TDO6* 18TDO6* 18TDO7* 20TDO6* 20TDO7* 24TDO7*

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

2916 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1

4 4

8 934 1334 1334 1434 1434 1712 1712 1712 1914 1914 2118 2312 2312 2634 2634 3012

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

3 3 3

8 8

7 7 7

16 9 16 16 916

2 3 5 5 6 6 12 12 12 17 17 26 33 33 55 55 81

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 1 1

16 916 7 16 916
7 7 9 9

4 4

8 8

16 916 16 916

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5

16 34 16 34 9 16 34
9 9 11 11

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

8 8 8

16 34 16 34 16 78

16

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

16 78 11 16 78
11 11 11

8 8 8

8 8 8

16 78 16 78 16 78

Inside Discharge
Inside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of the trough. This trough end is used inside the trough where no trough end flanges are required. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K M N Weight Tornillos-N Bolts N

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4TDI2* 6TDI3* 9TDI3* 9TDI4* 10TDI3* 10TDI4* 12TDI4* 12TDI5* 12TDI6* 14TDI5* 14TDI6* 16TDI6* 18TDI6* 18TDI7* 20TDI16* 20TDI7* 24TDI7*

5 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21316 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438
*BB *BR *P

2 31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5916 558 558
Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Less Bearing

1 1 1

4 4

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 0.914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

3 3 3

8 8

2 3 5 5 6 6 12 12 12 16 16 25 32 32 50 50 76

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 5 5

4 4

8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

16

5 5

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

8 8 8

H-69
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends
Outside
Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to support end bearings on tubular trough where no foot or support is required. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing K L N Weight Bolts - N

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4CHTE2* 6CHTE3* 9CHTE3* 9CHTE4* 10CHTE3* 10CHTE4* 12CHTE4* 12CHTE5* 12CHTE6* 14CHTE5* 14CHTE6* 16CHTE6* 18CHTE6* 18CHTE7* 20CHTE6* 20CHTE7* 24CHTE7*

4 5116 658 658 738 738 818 818 818 918 918 1058 1218 1218 1318 1318 1518

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

1 1 1

4 4

8 1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

8 8

2 3 6 6 7 7 13 13 13 19 19 29 39 39 63 63 87

3 3

4 1 4
1 1

8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5

4 4

8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 1 1 5

14 16 18 20 24

4 4

16

8 3 8
3

8 5 8
5 5 5

3 3

8 8 8

8 8 8

Bolts - N

Outside with Feet


Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing where trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing F H J K L M N Weight

CONVEYORS

Bolts - M

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716 Ball Bearing *RB

4CHTEF2* 6CHTEF3* 9CHTEF3* 9CHTEF4* 10CHTEF3* 10CHTEF4* 12CHTEF4* 12CHTEF5* 12CHTEF6* 14CHTEF5* 14CHTEF6* 16CHTEF6* 18CHTEF6* 18CHTEF7* 20CHTEF6* 20CHTEF7* 24CHTEF7*

4 5116 658 658 738 738 818 818 818 918 918 1058 1218 1218 1318 1318 1518

458 558 778 778 878 878 958 958 958 1078 1078 12 1338 1338 15 15 1818

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

158 2316 2316 212 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5 5916 5116 558 558

534 818 938 938 912 912 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 16 16 1914 1914 20

1 1 112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2 214 214 212

158 134 258 258 278 278 234 234 234 278 278 314 314 314 334 334 418

1 1 1

4 4

8 1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

3 3 1

8 8

3 3 3

8 8

3 5 10 10 12 12 22 22 22 24 24 44 56 56 92 92 134

4 1 4
1 1 1 1

2 1 2
1 1 5 5

8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5

4 4

2 2

8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8

4 4 1 4
1 1 5

8 8 5 8
5 5 5 5

14 16 18 20 24 *BB

4 4

8 8 8

16

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

8 8 8

4 4 4

8 8 8

*BR Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing

For Bolt Pattern see Page H-43

H-70
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Saddles Feet Trough End Flanges


Bolt N Bolt M Bolt M

Flange Foot
Trough feet are used to support trough at trough connections.
Conveyor Diameter Part Number Saddle Flange Foot

Saddle
Trough saddles are used to support trough where ange feet cannot be used at connections.
Weight Saddle Flange Foot

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Conveyor Diameter C E

4TS 6TS 9TS 10TS 12TS 14TS 16TS 18TS 20TS 24TS
F G

4TFF 6TFF 9TFF 10TFF 12TFF 14TFF 16TFF 18TFF 20TFF 24TFF
H J

1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10 13 15


K M* N

1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.5 9.5 12.5 14.5
P

*Holes for Bolt M Slotted

Add F for Fitted

Trough End Flanges


A Size Part No. Trough Thickness Thru 10 Ga.
3

A B 16 & 14
3

Weight

Red Rubber Gasket Part No.

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4TF* 6TF* 9TF* 10TF* 12TF* 14TF* 16TF* 18TF* 20TF* 24TF*

5 4 714 1014 1114 1314 1514 1714 1914 2114 2514


1

5 8 738 1012 1112 1312 1512 1712 1912 2112 2512

3 8 414 578 618 712 9 1038 13 11 16 13316 1612


3

4 4 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
1 1 1

1 4 112 134 134 2 2 2 212 212 212


1

8 8 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3 3

.09 1.5 2.4 2.6 5.6 6.5 7.4 10.2 11.3 15.5

4TFG 6TFG 9TFG 10TFG 12TFG 14TFG 16TFG 18TFG 20TFG 24TFG

*10 used for troughs through 10 ga., 3 used for troughs 316 and 14 thick. **Subtract 1/8 when using plate trough.

H-71
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

458 558 778 878 958 1078 12 1338 15 1818

1316 1316 112 112 112 134 134 134 214 214

534 818 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 1914 20

738 10 12 1238 15 1612 18 1918 2234 24

8 16 5 1 16 1916 138 138 134 134 2 214


7 13

112 112 212 212 212 212 3 3 312 4

16 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3

8 8 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3 3

8 8 3 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3

4 4 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8
1 1 3

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

End Bearings
KEEP THE HOUSING REPLACE THE INSERT.
TEBH- Split Bearing Housings will help cut down on a plants repair parts inventory, as well as the cost of the bearing. The rugged cast iron housing is not subject to wear, only the Style 220 Hanger bearing insert needs to be replaced. The housings match CEMA standard ball bearing bolt pattern, so they can be used with most seals. Split bearing housings are stocked in all facilities. Call your

Martin stocking

Martin distributor for more information.

TROUGH END BEARING HOUSINGS Martin Split Bearing Housings utilize Martin Style 220 Hanger Bearings.

Ball Bearing Flange Unit

FLANGE UNITS

Mounted on trough end plate.

Roller Bearing Flange Unit

PILLOW BLOCKS

CONVEYORS

Bronze Sleeve Bearing Flange Unit

Ball Bearing Pillow Block

Mounted on pedestal of outboard bearing trough end. Roller Bearing Pillow Block

H-72
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

End Bearings
Bronze Flange Unit Ball Bearing Discharge Unit

Bore

Part Number

Bore

Part Number

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

TEB2BR TEB3BR TEB4BR TEB5BR TEB6BR TEB7BR

234 4 518 558 6 634

334 538 612 738 734 914

2 314 4316 41516 51116 614

16 3 4 7 8 1 1 1 8 114
7

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

TDB2BB TDB3BB TDB4BB TDB5BB TDB6BB TDB7BB

138 2 218 212 312 4

2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1

378 558 714 8 812 912

538 714 8 978 11 12

11516 21316 358 4 414 434

21116 358 4 41516 512 6

2 212 3 312 4 412

8 2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
3 1 1

Ball Bearing Flange Unit

Trough End Bearing Housing

Bore

Part Number

Bore

Part Number

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

TEB2BB TEB3BB TEB4BB TEB5BB TEB6BB TEB7BB

234 4 518 558 6 634

334 518 612 7 734 8716

138 2 238 212 312 4

2 9 16 11 16 11 16 7 8 1
1

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3

112 2 2716 3 3716

TEBH3 TEBH4 TEBH5 TEBH6 TEBH7

4 518 538 6 7

514 638 678 734 914

212 212 3916 358 434

2 1 2 9 16 5 8 3 4
1

2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5

Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-93.

Roller Bearing Flange Unit

Ball Bearing Pillow Block


CONVEYORS

Bore Bore Part Number C D E G N

Part Number

G
13

112 2 2716 3 3716

TEB3R TEB4R TEB5R TEB6R TEB7R

418 438 538 6 7

538 558 678 734 914

312 358 4316 41116 514

1316 1316 112 158 178

2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

TPB2BB TPB3BB TPB4BB TPB5BB TPB6BB TPB7BB

16 11316 1916 1916 11516 214


13

16 114 138 158 218 238

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 7 8 7 8
3

418 538 614 714 9 1118

518 658 734 9 1158 1378

112 2 214 212 312 438

3316 418 4916 512 718 814

1716 218 214 234 312 4

138 11516 2316 2916 314 338

Bronze Discharge Unit

Roller Bearing Pillow Block

Bore

Part Number

N
3

Bore

Part Number

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

TDB2BR TDB3BR TDB4BR TDB5BR TDB6BR TDB7BR

2 314 4316 41516 51116 614

2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1

378 558 714 8 812 912

538 714 8 978 11 12

11516 21316 358 4 414 434

21116 358 4 41516 512 6

1 114 158 178 218 212

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4

112 2 2716 3 3716

TPB3R TPB4R TPB5R TPB6R TPR7R

338 312 4 412 5

114 138 158 178 214

2 5 8 5 8 3 4 7 8
1

614 7 812 912 11

778 878 1012 12 14

238 212 278 318 358

414 412 512 614 712

218 214 234 318 334

H-73
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Thrust Bearings

TYPE E THRUST BEARINGS

Most common and economical thrust unit when a screw conveyor type drive is not being used.

TYPE H THRUST BEARINGS

For heavy duty thrust requirements.

CONVEYORS

BRONZE WASHER

Light duty applications only. Used inside the trough and when screw used in compression.

H-74
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Thrust Bearings
Type E Thrust Assembly
Type E roller thrust bearings are designed to carry thrust in both directions and carry radial load under normal conditions. This double roller bearing is furnished with a lip type seal plate and either drive or tail shaft whichever is applicable to conveyor design. A
Shaft Diameter Part Number Drive Shaft End Shaft
H Bolts N

THRUST

D B
Drive Shaft End Shaft

Weight

Drive Shaft

End Shaft

112 2 2716 3 3716

CT3D CT4D CT5D CT6D CT7D

CT3E CT4E CT5E CT6E CT7E

538 558 678 734 914

434 5 512 612 712

4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
3

418 438 538 6 7

4 418 41116 5316 6

11116 11116 2 218 258

2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1

114 114 11316 178 238

4 412 5 6 7

22 32 50 73 111

20 29 44 60 88

Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings


P x R. Lg. Bolts (4) Reqd O Keyway

THRUST

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A


Shaft Dia. With Drive Shaft Part No. Weight With Tail Shaft Part No. Weight

B
Drive Shaft End Shaft

O C 6 4 634 614 814 814


3

D 1 8 118 114 112 112


1

E 4 8 478 5716 538 758


7

F 1 1 112 138 238

G 3 3 3 3 4

H 8 8 15 16 1 114
7 7

J 8 8 9 16 3 8 7 8
1 1

K 7 4 714 8 10 10
1

L 5 4 534 614 8 8
3

M 1 16 1316 112 134 134


3

Keyway

P 4 4 3 4 1 1
3 3

R 2 2 212 3 312 312


1

S 434 434 512 6 6

Other shaft sizes available are 31516, 4716 & 41516. Please consult factory.

Thrust Washers
Thrust washers are designed for use where light thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mounting may be used depending on direction of thrust. This unit consists of two steel washers separated by one bronze washer, and Style B is not recommended for use in conveyors handling abrasive materials.

* SPECIAL TROUGH END CENTER HOLE IS REQUIRED

THRUST

THRUST

STYLE - A

STYLE - B

A
Size Shaft Part No.

Washers & Collar Style A Weight Part No.

Washer Set Style B Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CTCW3 CTCW4 CTCW5 CTCW6 CTCW7

2.4 2.8 3.9 4.6 6.1

CTW3 CTW4 CTW5 CTW6 CTW7

1 1.25 1.5 2 3

114 1716 112 112 158

114 134 218 234 314

H-75
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

1 2 2 2716 3 3716
1

CTH3D CTH4D CTH5D CTH6D CTH7D

60 65 80 145 170

CTH3E CTH4E CTH5E CTH6E CTH7E

52 56 66 119 140

4 2 412 5916 618 718


1

4 4 5 16 1 4 3 8
1 1

8 4 4 8 414 5 8 514 3 4 534 7 8 634


3 3 1

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaft Seals
WASTE PACK SEAL Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end. Can be used with anged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

Martin

SUPER PACK SEAL

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing
with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difficult sealing applications.

PRODUCT DROP OUT SEAL

This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and anged ball bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.

PLATE SEAL CONVEYORS

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It is normally furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flanged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

SPLIT GLAND SEAL

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or outside the end plates.

COMPRESSION TYPE PACKING GLAND SEAL

Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where minor pressure requirements are desired.

AIR PURGED SEAL

Lantern Ring

Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard or special trough ends. A constant air pressure is maintained to prevent material from escaping from the trough along the shaft. The air purge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials.

H-76
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaft Seals
Compression Type Packing Gland Seal

PACKING

A
Shaft Diameter Part Number

H
Bolts

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

PGC3 PGC4 PGC5 PGC6 PGC7

5 718 758 812 914

4 518 558 6 634

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

14 18 21 27 30

Flanged gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where pressure requirements are desired.

*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.

Split Gland Seal

Bolts N

A
Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 434 614 678 712 834

D 2316 258 3116 3916 418

E 1716 112 158 158 218

F 212 212 314 314 334

G 578 612 758 858 1014

H 8 8 1 1 114
7 7

N 2 2 5 8 5 8 3 4
1 1

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CSS3 CSS4 CSS5 CSS6 CSS7

5 10 15 22 30

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals are normally installed inside the end plates.

BALL

Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal

D = SIZE OF BOLT

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A


Shaft Diameter Part Number Weight

OPEN

B1 218 25764 3316 3916 438 43132

C 234 4 518 558 6 634

E
11

D
7

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CSFP2 CSFP3 CSFP4 CSFP5 CSFP6 CSFP7

1.75 3.4 5.3 5.8 7.2

16 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 1
7

16 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1

This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and flanged bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.

H-77
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaft Seals
Super Pack Seal

With Super Pack Seal


A Shaft Part Number E B L (B) (R) (B) (R) H Bolts Weight

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the


heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difcult sealing applications.

112 2 2716 3 3716

MSP3 MSP4 MSP5 MSP6 MSP7

538 612 738 734 914

134 134 134 134 214

4 518 558 6 634

418 438 538 6 7

2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1

2 1 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1

6 8 10 13 16

Waste Pack Seal

With Lip Seal


A Shaft Part Number E B L (B) (R) (B) (R) H Bolts Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CSW3 CSW4 CSW5 CSW6 CSW7

538 612 738 734 914

134 134 134 134 214

4 518 558 6 634

418 438 538 6 7

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5

6 8 10 13 16

Waste pack seals are furnished with waste packing in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separtely on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end.

CONVEYORS

Plate Seal

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. They are furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Slotted mounting holes allow use with both ball and roller anged bearings.

A Shaft Diameter

Part Number

E B C (B) (R) (B)

H Bolts Weight (R)

112 2 2716 3 3716

CSP3 CSP4 CSP5 CSP6 CSP7

538 612 738 734 914

2 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
1 1

4 518 558 6 634

418 438 538 6 7

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1

2 3 4 5 8

H-78
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws
STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT
Conveyor screws with pitch equal to screw diameter are considered standard. They are suitable for a whole range of materials in most conventional applications.
Price on Application

TAPERED, STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT


Screw ights increase from 2/3 to full diameter. Used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of lumpy materials. Generally equivalent to and more economical than variable pitch. Screws are notched at regular intervals at outer edge. Affords mixing action and agitation of material in transit. Useful for moving materials which tend to pack.

SHORT PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT


Flight pitch is reduced to 2/3 diameter. Recommended for inclined or vertical applications. Used in screw feeders. Shorter pitch reduces ushing of materials which uidize.

SINGLE CUT-FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

HALF PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT


Similar to short pitch except pitch is reduced to 1/2 standard pitch. Useful for inclined applications, for screw feeders and for handling extremely uid materials.

CUT & FOLDED FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH


Folded ight segments lift and spill the material. Partially retarded ow provides thorough mixing action. Excellent for heating, cooling or aerating light substances.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW


An end disc is the same diameter as the screw and is welded ush with the end of the pipe shaft at its discharge end and, of course, rotates with the screw. The end disc helps to keep discharging material away from the trough end seat.

SINGLE FLIGHT RIBBON


Excellent for conveying sticky or viscous materials. Open space between ighting and pipe eliminate collection and build-up of material.
Price on Application

Price on Application

VARIABLE PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT


Flights have increasing pitch and are used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of ne, free owing materials over the full length of the inlet opening.

STANDARD PITCH WITH PADDLES


Adjustable paddles positioned between screw ights opposed ow to provide gentle but thorough mixing action.

Price on Application

DOUBLE FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH


Double ight, standard pitch screws provide smooth regular material ow and uniform movement of certain types or materials. D

PADDLE
Adjustable paddles provide complete mixing action, and controlled material ow.

H-79
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws
Helicoid ights are formed in a special rolling machine by forming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of the desired diameter, pitch and thickness to fit conveyor screw pipes. The helicoid flight is tapered in cross section, with the thickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thickness of the outer edge. Sectional flights are individual flights or turns blanked from steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of the desired diameter and pitch to fit conveyor screw pipes. The ights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyor screw. Modifications can be furnished, such as, fabrication from various metals, different flight thicknesses, other diameters and pitches. The buttweld flight is the same thickness in the full cross section.

Helicoid Flight

Sectional Flight

Key to Conveyor Size Designation


The letter H indicates screw conveyor with helicoid ighting. The gures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diameter of the conveyor in inches. The rst gure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last two gures indicate the nominal thickness of flighting at the outer edge in 164. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12 diameter helicoid conveyor for 2 couplings with ighting 864 or 18 thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by R or L following the designation. Comparison Table helicoid ight and sectional ight conveyor screws
Helicoid Flight Screw Diameter, Inches Conveyor Screw Size Designation Coupling Diameter, Inches Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches Thickness of Flight, Inches Inner Edge
3 1

Sectional Flight Conveyor Screw Size Designation Coupling Diameter, Inches Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches

Former Designation

Outer Edge
3 1 1 3 3 3

Thickness of Flight

4 6

4H206 6H304 6H308 6H312 9H306 9H406 9H312 9H412 9H414 10H306 10H412 12H408 12H508 12H412 12H512 12H614 14H508 14H614 16H610 16H614

4X 6 Standard 6X 6 XX 9 Standard 9 Special 9X 9 XX 10 Standard 10 XX 12 Standard 12 Special 12 X 12 XX 14 Standard 14 XX 16 Standard

1 112 112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2 2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3

114 2 2 2 2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 4

16

32 16 8 16 6S309 6S312 9S307 9S407 9S312 9S412 9S416 10S309 10S412 12S409 12S509 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S509 14S616 16S609 16S616 112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2 2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 2 2 2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 312 10 ga. 16 in.

CONVEYORS

8 1 4 3 8 16 16 3 8 3 8 7 16 3 16 3 8
3 3

10 12

32 32 3 16 3 16 7 32 3 32 3 16 8 8 3 16 3 16 7 32 1 8 7 32
1 1 5 7

12 ga. 12 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 10 ga. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in.

14 16

4 4 3 8 3 8 7 16 1 4 7 16
1 1 5 7

16 16

32 32

Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412. 12 = screw diameter in inches H = helicoid ight S = sectional ight 4 = 2 times 2 coupling diameter 12 = thickness of ight at periphery in increments of 164

H-80
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws (Helicoid)

Length

Length

Helicoid Conveyor Screw

Flighting

A Screw Diameter

B Coupling Diameter Size Part No. Conveyor Mounted Size Part No. Flighting Only

D Pipe Size F Inside Outside

Flight Thickness G Outside


3

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches

Average Weight Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot Flighting Only Standard Length Per Foot

Inside

4 6

1 112 112 1 2
1

4H206* 6H304* 6H308* 6H312* 9H306* 9H312* 9H406* 9H412* 9H414* 10H306* 10H412* 12H408* 12H412* 12H508* 12H512* 12H614* 14H508* 14H614* 16H610* 16H614* 18H610*

4HF206* 6HF304* 6HF308* 6HF312* 9HF306* 9HF312* 9HF406* 9HF412* 9HF414* 10HF306* 10HF412* 12HF408* 12HF412* 12HF508* 12HF512* 12HF614* 14HF508* 14HF614* 16HF610* 16HF614* 18HF610*

114 2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 2 212 212 2 2


1

158 238 238 2 8


3

16 8 4 8

32 16 8 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 8 8

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

40 52 62 72 70 101 91 121 131 81 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285 282

4 5 6 7 7 10 9 12 13 8 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 19 24 24

16 14 28 42 31 65 30 60 70 48 76 67 102 64 96 112 84 132 120 154 167

1.3 1.4 2.8 4.3 3.2 6.1 3.0 6.6 6.3 4.9 7.7 5.7 8.6 5.4 8.2 9.3 7.1 11.2 10.0 11.7 13.9

1 1 3

1 3

112 112 2 2 2

238 238 278 278 278 2 8


3

16 8 8 16 16 16 8 4 8 4 8

3 3

3 3

3 7

3 7

10

1 2
1

2 12 2 2 2716 2716 3 14 2716 3 16

278 278 2 8
7

1 3 1 3 7

1 3

16 16 32 8

3 3 312 3 312 312 4 3 2


1

312 312 4 312 4 4 412 4

1 3 7

16 4

1 7

1 7

16 16 16 16

32 32 32 32

3 3 3

5 7

5 7

18

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand


Offered only in full pitch helicoid ighting.

H-81
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws (Sectional)

Length

Sectional Conveyor Screw

Flight

A Screw Diameter

B Coupling Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only

Pipe Size D Inside Outside

F Flight Thickness

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length

Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot

112 112

6S312* 6S316* 9S312* 9S316* 9S324* 9S412* 9S416* 9S424* 10S312* 10S316* 10S324* 10S412* 10S416* 10S424* 12S412* 12S416* 12S424* 12S509* 12S512* 12S516* 12S524* 12S612* 12S616* 12S624*

6SF312* 6SF316* 9SF312* 9SF316* 9SF324* 9SF412* 9SF416* 9SF424* 10SF312* 10SF316* 10SF324* 10SF412* 10SF416* 10SF424* 12SF412* 12SF416* 12SF424* 12SF509* 12SF512* 12SF516* 12SF524* 12SF612* 12SF616* 12SF624*

2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 3 3 3 312 312 312

238 238 238 238 238 278 278 278 238 238 238 278 278 278 278 278 278 312 312 312 312 4 4 4

3 1

16 4 16 4 8 16 4 8 16 4 8 16 4 8 16 4 8

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

75 90 95 130 160 115 130 160 120 135 165 120 135 165 156 204 268 160 178 210 274 198 216 280

7.5 8.0 9.5 13.0 16.0 11.5 13.0 16.0 12.0 13.5 16.5 12.0 13.5 16.5 13.0 17.0 22.3 14.0 14.8 17.5 22.5 16.5 18.0 24.0

1.7 2.2 4.3 5.5 7.9 4.3 5.5 7.9 5.0 6.7 8.7 5.0 6.7 8.7 7.2 9.7 12.7 5.7 7.2 9.7 12.7 7.2 9.7 12.7

2.0 2.0 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

112 112 112 2 2 2

3 1 3

3 1 3

10

112 112 112 2 2 2

3 1 3

3 1 3

CONVEYORS

12

2 2 2 2716 2716 2716 2716 3 3 3

3 1 3

10 Ga.
3 1 3

16 4 8 16 4 8

3 1 3

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-82
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws (Sectional)

Length

Sectional Conveyor Screw

Flight

A Screw Diameter

B Coupling Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only

Pipe Size D Inside Outside

F Flight Thickness

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length

Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot

14

2716 2716 2716 3 3 3

14S512* 14S516* 14S524* 14S612* 14S616* 14S624* 16S612* 16S616* 16S624* 16S632* 18S612* 18S616* 18S624* 18S632* 18S712* 18S716* 18S724* 18S732* 20S612* 20S616* 20S624* 20S632* 20S712* 20S716* 20S724* 20S732* 24S712* 24S716* 24S724* 24S732*

14SF512* 14SF516* 14SF524* 14SF612* 14SF616* 14SF624* 16SF612* 16SF616* 16SF624* 16SF632* 18SF612* 18SF616* 18SF624* 18SF632* 18SF712* 18SF716* 18SF724* 18SF732* 20SF612* 20SF616* 20SF624* 20SF632* 20SF712* 20SF716* 20SF724* 20SF732* 24SF712* 24SF716* 24SF724* 24SF732*

3 3 3 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 3 2


1

312 312 312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 412 412 412 412


1

3 1 3

16 4 8 16 4 8 16 4 8 2 16 4 8 2 16 4 8 2 16 4 8 2 16 4 8 2 16 4 8 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8

214 240 330 222 246 342 234 282 365 402 246 294 425 530 293 345 470 570 300 360 410 506 310 370 475 525 440 510 595 690

18.0 20.0 27.5 19.0 21.0 29.0 20.0 24.0 31.0 33.5 21.0 25.0 36.0 44.0 24.4 28.8 39.2 47.5 26.0 31.0 33.4 42.2 27.0 32.0 40.0 45.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 60.0

9.9 13.2 19.8 9.9 13.2 19.8 14.0 18.0 25.5 36.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 32.0 42.0 63.0 84.0

.86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .75 .75 .75 .75 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .50 .50 .50 .50

3 1 3

16

3 3 3 3

3 1 3 1

18

3 3 3 3 3716 3716 3716 3716

3 1 3 1

312 312 312 4 4 4 4 3 2 312 312 312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3 1 3 1

20

3 3 3 3 3716 3716 3716 3716

4 4 4 4 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412

3 1 3 1

3 1 3 1

24

3716 3716 3716 3716

3 1 3 1

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-83
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws (Ribbon)


Ribbon ight conveyor screws consist of sectional ights, buttwelded together to form a continuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipe by supporting legs. Both ends of the pipe are prepared with internal collars and drilling to accept couplings, drive shafts, and end shafts. They are used to convey sticky, gummy, or viscous substances, or where the material tends to adhere to ighting and pipe.

Length

Ribbon Conveyor Screw

Post

Integral (Int) Leg

A Screw Diameter

B Coupling Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor

Pipe Size

Flight Size F Thickness


3

Weight H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot

Inside

Outside

G Width

112 112 112 2 2 2 16


7

6R312* 9R316* 10R316* 12R416* 12R424* 12R524* 14R516* 14R524* 14R624* 16R616* 16R624* 18R624* 20R724* 24R724*

2 2 2 212 212 3 3 3 312 312 312 312 4 4

238 238 238 278 278 3 2


1

16 4 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 8

1 112 112 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8

65 100 110 180 216 240 228 264 288 276 324 384 408 424

6.5 10 11 15 19 21 19 22 25 24 28 33 35 36

CONVEYORS

9 10 12

1 3 3

14

2716 2716 3

312 312 4 4 4 4 412 412

1 3

16

3 3

1 3

18 20 24

3 3716 3716

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-84
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid Conveyor
Q.D. Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section of screw has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removed and returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnished both in helicoid and buttweld construction.

R.H. Shown

A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor

B Coupling Diameter

Standard-Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe

C Cap Part Number

D Pipe Size Inside Outside

Flight Thickness F Inside


1

H Coupling Bearing Length

Average Weight Standard Length Per Foot

G Outside
1 1 3

6HQ304* 6HQ308* 6HQ312*

112

9-10

3QDC2

238

8 4 8

16 8 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 8 16 8 16 32 8 32 32 32

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

52 62 72 70 101 91 121 131 81 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285

5 6 7 7 10 9 12 13 8 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 19 23.8

1 3

9HQ306* 9HQ312* 9HQ406* 9HQ412* 9HQ414*

1 2
1

9-10

3QDC2

2 8
3

16 8

3 3

9-10 4QDC25 2 2
1

16 8 16 16 8 4 8 4 8

3 3

2 8
7

3 7

10

10HQ306* 10HQ412*

1 2
1

9-10 9-10 11-10

3QDC2 4QDC25 4QDC25

2 212 212

2 8
3

2 2

278 278

12

12HQ408* 12HQ412* 12HQ508* 12HQ512* 12HQ614*

1 3

2716

11-9

5QDC3

312

1 3

3 2716 3 3

11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

6QDC35 5QDC3 6QDC35 6QDC35 6QDC4

312 3 312 3 2
1

4 312 4 4 412

16 4

14

14HQ508* 14HQ614*

16 16 16

16

16HQ614*

5 7

16HQ614* 3 11-9 Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end. * R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-85
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors
C F

R.H. Shown
A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor B Coupling Diameter Standard Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe C Cap Part Number D Pipe Size Inside Outside F Flight Thickness H Coupling Bearing Length Average Weight Standard Length Per Foot

6SQ307* 6SQ309* 6SQ312* 6SQ316* 9SQ307* 9SQ309* 9SQ312* 9SQ316* 9SQ407* 9SQ409* 9SQ412* 9SQ416* 9SQ424* 10SQ309*

112

9-10

3QDC2

238

12 10 3 16 1 4 12 10 3 16 1 4 12 10 3 16 1 4 3 8 10
3 1

2 2

62 65 75 90 73 80 95 120 90 100 115 130 160 85 120 135 140 156 204 160 178 191 216 280 185 214 222 246 342 210 234 282 365 246 294 425 300 360 475 410 510 595

6.2 6.5 7.5 8.0 7.3 8.0 9.5 13 9 10 11.5 13.0 16 8.5 12.0 13.5 12.0 13.0 17 14 15 16.5 18.0 24 16 18 19 21 29 18 20 24 31 21 25 36 26 31 40 37 43 50

112

9-10

3QDC2

238

9-10

4QDC25

212

278

112 2 2

9-10 9-10 11-10

3QDC2 4QDC25 4QDC25

2 2 2
1

238 2 8
7

2 2 2

10 12

10SQ412* 10SQ416* 12SQ409* 12SQ412* 12SQ416* 12SQ509* 12SQ512* 12SQ612* 12SQ616* 12SQ624*

16 4

212

278

10 3 16 1 4 10 3 16
3

CONVEYORS
14 16 18 20 24

2716 3

11-9 11-9

5QDC3 6QDC35

3 312

312 4

16 4 3 8
1

3 3 3

14SQ509* 14SQ512* 14SQ612* 14SQ616* 14SQ624* 16SQ609* 16SQ612* 16SQ616* 16SQ624* 18SQ612* 18SQ616* 18SQ624* 20SQ612* 20SQ616* 20SQ724* 24SQ712* 24SQ716* 24SQ724*

2716 3

11-9 11-9

5QDC3 6QDC35

3 312

312 4

10 3 16
3

16 4 3 8
1

11-9

6QDC35

312

10 3 16 1 4 3 8
3

11-9

6QDC35

312

16 4 3 8
1 1

3 3716 3 16
7

11-9 11-8 11-8

6QDC35 7QDC4 7QDC4

312 4 4

4 412 4 2
1

16 4 8

3 4 4

16 4 3 8
1

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-86
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screw (Components)


Coupling Bolts
Coupling Diameter Outside Pipe Diameter Bolt Size Part Number Standard Weight Each Lbs.

158

8 2116 2 3 8 358 8 438 4 5 4 512 8 512

CCB2

.13

112

238

CCB3

.2

278

CCB4

.45

2716

312

CCB5

.5

CCB6

.85

Conveyor coupling bolts are manufactured from special analysis high-torque steel. Close tolerance and no threads inside of the conveyor pipe allow for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts are furnished with each bolt.

412

CCB6A

.9

3716

412

CCB7

1.29

Internal Collar

Coupling Diameter

Inside Pipe Diameter

Part Number Standard

Weight Each Lbs.

114

CIC2

.58

112

CIC3

2.06

212

CIC4

2.16

2716

CIC5

3.72

Internal collars are made from seamless tubing machined for a press fit in the conveyor pipe. When installed at the factory collars are jig drilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drilling in replacement collars is furnished allowing for eld drilling to match existing bolt holes.

CIC6A

8.03

3716

CIC7

6.52

Discharge End

End Lugs

Conveyor Diameter

Part Number Intake End Standard Discharge End Standard

Weight Each Lbs.

6 9

6CELI* 9CELI* 9CELI* 12CELI* 12CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI*

6CELD* 9CELD* 9CELD* 12CELD* 12CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD*

.06 .15 .15 .2 .2 .4 .4 .4 .4

Flow Feed End

10 12 14 16 18

End lugs are welded opposite the carrying side of the conveyor flight and provide maximum support with minimum obstruction of material ow.

20 24 * R For Right Hand Flight * L For Left Hand Flight

H-87
EXIT NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

CONVEYORS

312

CIC6

4.03

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaft
Coupling Shafts
Coupling Part CC Coupling Shaft Std.* CCC Close Coupling Shaft* CHE Hanger End Shaft* CC 5 Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"

* Add suffix H if Hardened

COUPLING

Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. C-1045 steel couplings are normally furnished; however couplings with hardened bearing surfaces may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation. Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

CLOSE

Drive & End Shafts


Drive Shaft Number Drive Shaft Only 1 #1 Type CD Drive Shaft CE End Shaft

CD

BB

Seal Type
(Delete if without seal)

P Plate W Waste Pack Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16" Bearing Type BR Bronze BB Ball RB Roller

END CONVEYORS HANGER END #1 DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE H-88


PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametral tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly between two drives.

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size as required.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

No. 1 Drive Shaft


No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal* Bronze Bearing


Shaft Diameter Part Number

Ball Bearing
H 3 314 412 512 6 714
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 912 1234 15 1738 1918 23

G 312 434 534 7 818 9

C 9 1112 1318 1518 1658 2058

G 3 312 378 434 558 658

H 3 314 412 512 6 714

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716 **Consult Factory

1CD2B 1CD3B 1CD4B 1CD5B 1CD6B 1CD7B

2.0 6.3 13.3 21.0 37.0 60.4

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

1CD2BB 1CD3BB 1CD4BB 1CD5BB 1CD6BB 1CD7BB

1.8 5.6 11.5 18.0 32.0 52.5

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals* Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 10 1314 1514 1838 1958 2418

G 4 514 614 8 858 1018

H 3 314 412 512 6 714

Weight

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

C 912 1238 14 1578 1712 2112

G 312 438 434 512 612 712

H 3 314 412 512 6 714

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

1CD3B-P 1CD4B-P 1CD5B-P 1CD6B-P 1CD7B-P

6.6 14.1 24.3 38.0 61.0

112 2 2716 3 3716

1CD3BB-P 1CD4BB-P 1CD5BB-P 1CD6BB-P 1CD7BB-P

6.2 12.5 21 35 56.5

**Consult Factory

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal* Bronze Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number

Ball Bearing
H 3 314 412 512 6 714
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 11 1412 1634 1918 2078 2578

G 414 612 712 834 978 1178

C 1012 1314 1478 1678 1838 2278

G 334 514 558 612 738 878

H 3 314 412 512 6 714

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

1CD2B-W 1CD3B-W 1CD4B-W 1CD5B-W 1CD6B-W 1CD7B-W

2.2 7.2 14.9 23.3 40.5 66.3

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

1CD2BB-W 1CD3BB-W 1CD4BB-W 1CD5BB-W 1CD6BB-W 1CD7BB-W

2.0 6.4 13.0 20.5 35.5 58.4

*Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw **Consult Factory

H-89
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

1CD2B-P

2.1

1CD2BB-P

2.0

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

No. 2 and No. 3 Drive Shafts


No. 2 Drive Shaft
No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with single bearing are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter Part Number

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

2CD2 2CD3 2CD4 2CD5 2CD6 2CD7

11 1612 1834 2178 2312 27

314 5 514 6 612 634

214 314 414 512 512 6

212 312 412 512 612 712

8 1134 14 17 1812 2014

2.5 8.3 17.0 29.0 49.0 75.0

No. 3 Drive Shaft


No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with double bearings are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

3CD2 3CD3 3CD4 3CD5 3CD6 3CD7

13 1914 2514 2878 3312 3914

734 1114 1614 1834 2214 2514

214 314 414 514 614 714

10 1412 2012 24 2812 3212

3 10 21 36 62 95

CONVEYORS Drive Shaft Keyways


Shaft Diameter

A
1

B
1

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

4 8 2 8 4 8

16 4

16 8

16

H-90
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shafts
Coupling
Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings are normally furnished; however induction hardened bearing area couplings may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number*

A1 2 8 8 16

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CC2 CC3 CC4 CC5 CC6 CC7 1

2 8 8 16

2 3 3 3 3 4

712 1112 1112 1234 13 1712

3 434 434 478 5 634

112 2 2 3 3 4

1.5 5.6 9.8 15.4 23.8 44.5

15

15

1 114

112

*Add H for Hardened Shaft.

Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 45-50 RC.

Close Coupling
Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter Part Number

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CCC2 CCC3 CCC4 CCC5 CCC6 CCC7

6 912 912 934 10 1312

3 434 434 478 5 634

1.3 4.8 8.5 12.9 20.0

Hanger End
Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly beween two drives.
Shaft Diameter Part Number*

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CHE2 CHE3 CHE4 CHE5 CHE6 CHE7

458 678 678 818 814 1114

158 218 218 314 314 414

1.0 3.5 6.2 10.6 16.5 29.7

*Add H for Hardened Shaft Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 45-50 RC.

H-91
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

37.0

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

End Shaft
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

End Shaft Used Without Seal** Bronze Bearing


Shaft Diameter Part Number*

Ball Bearing
G 312 412 512 7 818 958
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 612 914 1014 1178 1318 1638

C 6 814 858 958 1058 1338

G 3 312 378 434 558 658

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716 ***Consult Factory

CE2B CE3B CE4B CE5B CE6B CE7B

1.4 4.5 9.0 15.4 25.6 42.4

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2BB CE3BB CE4BB CE5BB CE6BB CE7BB

1.2 3.8 7.5 12.4 20.8 34.4

End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal** Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 7 1014 1114 1278 1358 1678

G 4 512 612 8 858 1018

Weight

Shaft Diameter

Part Number*

C 612 9 938 1018 1112 1418

G 312 414 458 514 612 738

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2B-P CE3B-P CE4B-P CE5B-P CE6B-P CE7B-P

1.5 5.1 10.0 17.0 29.8 44.0

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2BB-P CE3BB-P CE4BB-P CE5BB-P CE6BB-P CE7BB-P

1.4 4.5 8.3 13.1 23.0 37.1

CONVEYORS

***Consult Factory

End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal** Bronze Bearing


Shaft Diameter Part Number*

Ball Bearing
G 414 614 814 834 978 1178
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 8 11 12 1358 1478 1858

C 712 10 1038 1138 1238 1558

G 334 514 558 612 738 878

Weight

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2B-W CE3B-W CE4B-W CE5B-W CE6B-W CE7B-W

1.6 5.2 10.4 17.6 28.2 48.0

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2BB-W CE3BB-W CE4BB-W CE5BB-W CE6BB-W CE7BB-W

1.4 4.8 9.0 14.8 24.0 40.2

*Add H for Hardened Shaft. **Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw. ***Consult Factory

H-92
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
No. 226 hangers are designed for ush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 226

Style 216

No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is ush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.

Style 220

No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 230

No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough anges is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

Style 316

No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings. No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished, but other type bearings are available.

Style 326

H-93
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 60

No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough anges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.

Style 70

No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permit temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease ttings can be furnished if specied.

Style 30

No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 216F

No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of ared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

Style 19B

The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamline in design and permit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished with Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special caps can be furnished. Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearing failures. Air-swept hangers are available for 9-24 conveyors. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250 F) or wet sticky materials or when handling non abrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service, air-purged hangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noise nuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement because of the low coefcient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Thus the bearing is protected from dust and the material in the trough at all times. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.

CONVEYORS H-94

Air Purged Hanger

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 220
No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* B C D
3

Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

M SLOT

E
1

M Slot
5

Weight Each

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4CH2202 6CH2203 9CH2203 9CH2204 10CH2203 10CH2204 12CH2204 12CH2205 12CH2206 14CH2205 14CH2206 16CH2206 18CH2206 18CH2207 20CH2206 20CH2207 24CH2207

31316 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

16 16

4 8

612 834 1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 2214 2214 2414 2414 2814

2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

714 934 1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 2412 2412 2612 2612 3012

16 3 4 16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516

5 7 9 11 10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3

4 4

8 8

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 2

2 2 2

16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

2 1 2
1 1 1

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

2 2 2

8 8 8

11

11

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

Style 226
No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weatherproof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors. Also available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D
3

Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

E
1

F
11

M Slot
5

Weight Each

4 6 9 10 12

1 112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

4CH2262 6CH2263 9CH2263 9CH2264 10CH2263 10CH2264 12CH2264 12CH2265 12CH2266 14CH2265 14CH2266 16CH2266 18CH2266 18CH2267 20CH2266 20CH2267 24CH2267

5 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

16 16

4 8

16

2 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

16 34 16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516

5 7 9 11 10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3

1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 112 112 112 112 158

4 4

8 8

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 2

2 2 2

16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

2 1 2
1 1 1

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

2 2 8

8 8 8

11

11

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

H-95
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

M SLOT

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 216
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is flush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D
3

M SLOT

Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

E
3

F
3

M Slot
7

Weight Each

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6CH2163 9CH2163 9CH2164 10CH2163 10CH2164 12CH2164 12CH2165 12CH2166 14CH2165 14CH2166 16CH2166 18CH2166 18CH2167 20CH2166 20CH2167 24CH2167

7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 12 8 1218
1

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

16

212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312
1

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516

5 7 9 8 10 14 18 21 23 25 28 34 44 36 47 53

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3

1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 1 2 112


1

4 4

8 8

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 2

2 2 2

16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

2 1 2
1 1 1

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

1312 1312 1612

2 2 8

8 8 8

112 112 158

312 312 312

11

11

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

Pipe Tap 18

Style 230
No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough ange is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* B C D
1

M SLOT Bolts E

CONVEYORS

E
3

M Slot
7

Weight Each

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6CH2303 9CH2303 9CH2304 10CH2303 10CH2304 12CH2304 12CH2305 12CH2306 14CH2305 14CH2306 16CH2306 18CH2306 18CH2307 20CH2306 20CH2307 24CH2307

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 12 8 1218
1

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

834 1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4 2214
1

212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312
1

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

934 1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 24 2 2412
1

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516

6 8 10 9 11 15 20 25 24 29 35 34 47 40 49 55

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3

4 4

8 8

8 8 3 8
3 3 3 3

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

14 16 18 20 24

8 8 8

2 2 2

16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

2 1 2
1 1 1

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

1312 1312 1612

2 2 8

8 8 8

2414 2414 2814

312 312 334

2612 2612 3012

11

11

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

H-96
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 316
Pipe Tap 18

No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings.

Bolts E

Style 326
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used, but other type bearings are available.

Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

Part Number Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Style 316* Style 326* A B C D E F H K

6 9 10 12

14 16 18 20 24

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

B - Bolt Size

Standard Coupling

Air Purged Hanger


Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shut-downs and hanger bearing failures. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250F) or wet sticky materials or when handling nonabrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 114 PSI, enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.

Screw Diameter

Part Number

Shaft Dia.

Weight Each

T
1

9 12

14 16 18 20 24

9CHAPH3 9CHAPH4 12CHAPH4 12CHAPH5 12CHAPH6 14CHAPH5 14CHAPH6 16CHAPH6 18CHAPH6 20CHAPH6 20CHAPH7 24CHAPH7

112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

15 20 30 52 68 60 74 77 91 105 140 155

10 13

8 8 1 2
3 3

412 5

618 714

114 114

1 114

2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

4 4

15 17 19 21 25

5 5 6 6 6

914 1058 1218 1312 1612

114 114 134 134 134

138 138 158 138 158

2 8 5 8
1 5 5

8 2 1 2
1 1 1

Space required on coupling for hanger. Air supply should be clean and dry.

Dimensions in inches. Weight in pounds.

H-97
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6CH3163 9CH3163 9CH3164 10CH3163 10CH3164 12CH3164 12CH3165 12CH3166 14CH3165 14CH3166 16CH3166 18CH3166 18CH3167 20CH3166 20CH3167 24CH3167

6CH3263 9CH3263 9CH3264 10CH3263 10CH3264 12CH3264 12CH3265 12CH3266 14CH3265 14CH3266 16CH3266 18CH3266 18CH3267 20CH3266 20CH3267 24CH3267

7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

6 6 6 6 6 612 612 612 612 612 612 612 7 7 7 7

16 16 3 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3

8 8 3 8 3 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3

4 1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 158 158 158 158 134

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 514 514 514 514 514

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
C Bolts E

Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number* A B C D
3

E
5

G
1

Weight Each

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6CH303 9CH303 9CH304 10CH303 10CH304 12CH304 12CH305 12CH306 14CH305 14CH306 16CH306 18CH306 18CH307 20CH306 20CH307 24CH307

312 5 5 512 512 612 612 612 712 712 812 9 2 912
1

414 578 578 638 638 712 712 712 9 9 1038 11 8 1178
7

112 112 112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

16

318 414 414 438 438 512 512 512 678 678 8 9 9 1014 1014 1234

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

3 6 8 8 9 12 18 20 20 22 32 30 33 32 38 46

8 1 2
3 3 1

8 3 8
3 1 1

2 1 2
1 3 3

8 2

2 2

4 4

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

2 2 1 2
1 1 5 5

4 4 3 4
3 3 7 7

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 8

8 8 8

8 8

1 114 114 114 114 112

4 3 4
3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5

1012 1012 1212

1314 1314 1614

4 4 4

8 8 4

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number
1

8 Pipe Tap

CONVEYORS

Bolts E

Style 216F
No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of flared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number*

M Slot

D
3

E
3

F
7

Weight Each

M Slot
7

6 9 12

112 1 2 2
1

6CH216F3 9CH216F3 9CH216F4 12CH216F4 12CH216F5 12CH216F6 14CH216F5 14CH216F6 16CH216F6 18CH216F6 18CH216F7 20CH216F6 20CH216F7 24CH216F7

14 18 22

7 9 10

4 4 5

16
3

8 8 2

8 8

212 2 2
1

2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

9 14 17 24 28 32 31 34 38 52 61 55 64 71

16 34 16 34 16 34

16 8

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

118

212

14 16 18 20 24

24 28 31 34 40

11 1112 12 8
1

5 5 5 5 5

8 8 2 2 2

2 2 8 8 8

118 118 1 2
1

212 212 3 2
1

16 34 16 34 16 78 16 78 16 78

11

1312 1612

112 112

312 312

11

11

*Refer to Page H-101 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

H-98
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 60
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self-aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough flanges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* Weight Each M Slot
7 7 7 7 7 9 9

M Slot Bolts E

D
3

E
3

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716

6CH603 9CH603 9CH604 10CH603 10CH604 12CH604 12CH605 12CH606 14CH605 14CH606 16CH606 18CH606 20CH606 24CH607

934 1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 24 2
1

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 12 8
1

4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6

16

834 1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4
1

11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21116 16364 21132 21132 2 32
11

2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2


1

7 8 9 9 10 12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516

4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1

4 4

8 8

8 8 3 8
1 1 1 1 1 5

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5 5 5

16 1516 16 1516 9 16 1516


9 9 9 11 11 11

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 2 2 2 8

2 2 2 8 8 8

16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

2612 3012

1312 1612

2414 2814

21132 23164

312 33/4

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

Bolts E M Slot

No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D
3

E
3 3

F
3

Weight Each

M Slot
7 7

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716

6CH703 9CH703 9CH704 10CH703 10CH704 12CH704 12CH705 12CH706 14CH705 14CH706 16CH706 18CH706 20CH706 24CH707

7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 21 25

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 12 8
1

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6

16

11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21132 16364 21132 21132 2 32
11

11/2 134 134 134 134 218 218 218 214 214 214 2 2
1

7 8 9 9 10 12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516

1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 1 2


1

8 3 8
3 3

4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3

8 8

4 4

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5

8 8 3 8
1 1 1 1 1 5

14 16 18 20 24

2 2 2 8 8 8

2 2 2 2 2 8

16 1516 16 1516 16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

9 11 11 11

1312 1612

112 158

21132 21132

212 258

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

H-99
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Style 70

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hangers
Style 18B
The No. 18-B Hanger has streamlined cast iron frame and bearing cap held in place by a U-bolt. It is mounted inside the trough below the cover. Holes are located for bolting through the top angle of the conveyor trough. This hanger is regularly furnished with Babbitt bearings. Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special caps can be furnished.
P = Pipe Size

H = Bolt

Conveyor Diameter

Bearing Bore

Thru Bore

Part Number

Weight

D
5 3

E
5

H Bolt
3 3

P
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 9
ETE OBSOL

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

6CH18B3 9CH18B3 9CH18B4 10CH18B3 10CH18B4 12CH18B4 12CH18B5 12CH18B6 14CH18B5 14CH18B6 16CH18B6 18CH18B6

10 12

14 16 18 **Consult Factory

* D* 11 11 UE 6 11 N 6 TI 15 13 7 29 7 ON 13 C 13 7 IS 25 15 9 D27 15 9
9 10 10 6 6
1 1 5 5 5 1 1 4 4 8 8 8 8 8

438

178 258 258 258 258 258 258 258 234 234 234 3

16

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

4 3 4
3 3

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 1 1

4 4

8 8

8 8

1 1 1 1 1 1 114

2 2 1 2
5 5 5

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1

8 8 8 4

2 2 2 2

30 35

17 19

1012 12

P = Size of Pipe

Style 19B
The No. 19-B Hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18-B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamlined in design and permit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished with Bronze bearings, Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special caps can be furnished.
H = Size of Bolts

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Diameter

Bearing Bore

Part Number

Weight

D
7

H Bolt
1 1

P Pipe
1 1 1 1

6 9 10 12

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716

6CH19B3 9CH19B3 9CH19B4 10CH19B3 10CH19B4 12CH19B4 12CH19B5 12CH19B6 14CH19B5 14CH19B6 16CH19B5 16CH19B6 18CH19B6 20CH19B7

8.5 13 15.5 14 24 24.5 37

978 1312 1312 1412 17 17 1914

412 618 618 638 734 734 914

1516 134 134 134 2 234 234

834 1214 1214 1314 1534 1534 1734

612 912 912 1012 1012 1212 1212 1212 1412 1414 1612 18 2
1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 114 112 134

2 1 2
1

2 2 2 2

1 1

1 1

14 16 18 20

45 48.5 60.0

2114 23 4
3

1058 12 8
1

3 3 4

134 1 8
5

1934 22 4
1

5 5 3

8 8 4

1 1

4 4 4

2614

1312

11316

2414

20

H-100
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Conveyor Hanger Bearing Selection Application


BEARING MATERIAL MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMP (F) 500 STYLES AVAILABLE 220 MATERIAL FDA APPROVED SELF LUBE Yes SOME SUGGESTED USES Chemical, Cement, Aggregate Lime, Cement, Salt, Gypsum COMMENTS Requires Hardened shafts. Requires hardened shaft. Can be noisy. Lubrication required in some applications. Good general purpose. High quality bearings. High load capacity. For dry applications. Very low load capacity.

Martin
HARD IRON CAST HARD IRON

500

220, 216, 19B

WOOD

160

220, 216, 19B

Yes

Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Grain, Feed, Processing Food and Grain Chemical, Handling, Grain, Feed Food

Martin
BRONZE NYLON NYLATRON

850

220

Yes

250 250

220 220, 19B

Yes

Yes Yes

UHMW

225

220, 216

Yes

Yes

Material USDA approved. Does not swell in water.

INDUSTRIAL GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON WHITE MELAMINE FOOD GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON BALL BEARING

160

220

Yes

Grain, Feed, Fertilizer

Economical replacement for wood.

250

220

Yes

Food Industry

Recommended for sugar.

300

220

Yes

Yes

Food, Grain, Fertilizer

For dry application.

180

60, 70

Non-abrasive applications Yes Yes Grain, Feed, Chemical Handling Chemical, Cement, Food

General purpose use.

Martin
HDPE CERAMIC
1

200

220

Recommended for nonabrasive applications. Requires Hardened shafts. H-101

1,000

220, 216

Yes

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

STELLITE

1000

220, 216

Chemical, Cement, Aggregate

Requires Stellite insert in shaft.

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Hanger Bearings
Hanger Type Bore Part Number Bearing

216

112 2

CHB2163* CHB2164* CHB2165* CHB2166* CHB2167* *BR - Bronze


Part Number

230

2716 3

316
*HHard Iron *WWood
Hanger Type

3716 *OOil Hole Top Cap


Bore

* U - UHMW

*GGatke

*CCeramic
Bearing

* StStellite

112

CHB2203* CHB2204* CHB2205* CHB2206* CHB2207* *N Nylatron *C - Ceramic *UR - Urethane *P - HDPE *WN - White Nylon

220
2

226
2716

326
3

30
3716 BR Bronze MHI *MBR *H Cast Hard Iron Hard iron (oil impregnated) Bronze (oil impregnated) *W Wood *MCB Melamine *U UHMW

Hanger Type

Bore

Part Number

Bearing

CONVEYORS
*WWood

112

CHB603 CHB604 CHB605 CHB606 CHB607

60
2

70 80

Ball Bearing

2716 3

300A
3716 Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.
Hanger Type Bore Part Number Bearing

112

CHB18B3* CHB18B4* CHB18B5* CHB18B6* CHB18B7* *BRBronze *GGatke

18B

2 2716

19B

3 3716

*HHard Iron

*NNylatron

Note: Furnished as bottom cap only

H-102
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Covers
Trough Cover
Conveyor Diameter 14 TCP Type TCP Plain TCS Semi Flanged TCF Flanged TCH Hip Roof TSC Shroud 14 Cover Thickness 16 16 GA. 14 14 GA. 12 12 GA 10 10 GA.

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

Flanged Covers

Most commonly used. Can be supplied with gaskets and butt straps for dust tight applications. Semi-anged must be furnished if spring clamps are used.

Flat Covers

Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.

Flared Trough Covers

Usually anged type and heavier gauges because of span.

Hip Roof Covers

Hip roof covers are similar to conventional anged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

Shroud Covers

Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feeder applications.

Domed Covers

Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are anged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover. Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge. H-103
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Feeder Shrouds

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Cover
Plain Cover

Semi-anged Cover

All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the trough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough definitely should be covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of the moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-123, Safety.

Flanged Cover

Type 1

Type 2

Type 3

Hip Roof Cover

5/8"

L
End Trough Cover Type 1

L
Intermediate Trough Cover Type 2

L
End Trough Cover Type 3

Plain Cover Conveyor Diameter

Plain Semi-Flanged Cover Wt. Per Ft. Thickness Ga. Wt. Per Ft.

Flanged Cover

Hip Roof Cover

Part Number

Thickness Ga.

Part Number

Part Number

Thickness Ga.

Wt. Per Ft.

Part Number

Thickness Ga.

Wt. Per Ft.

4 * 6 * 9

4TCP16 6TCP16 9TCP14

16 16 14

1.5 2.0 3.5

8 934 1338

4TCS16 4TCS14 6TCS16 6TCS14 9TCS14 9TCS12 9TCS10 10TCS14 10TCS12 10TCS10 12TCS14 12TCS12 12TCS10 14TCS14 14TCS12 14TCS10 16TCS14 16TCS12 16TCS10 18TCS12 18TCS10 20TCS12 20TCS10 24TCS12 24TCS10

16 14 16 14 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10

2.1 2.6 2.3 3.8 4.1 5.7 7.3 4.4 6.1 7.8 5.1 7.1 9.0 5.6 7.8 9.9 6.1 8.5 10.8 9.6 12.3 10.3 13.3 11.8 15.1

714 934 1338

4TCF16 4TCF14 6TCF16 6TCF14 9TCF16 9TCF14 9TCF12 9TCF10 10TCF16 10TCF14 10TCF12 10TCF10 12TCF14 12TCF12 12TCF10 14TCF14 14TCF12 14TCF10 16TCF14 16TCF12 16TCF10 18TCF14 18TCF12 18TCF10 20TCF14 20TCF12 20TCF10 24TCF14 24TCF12 24TCF10

16 14 16 14 16 14 12 10 16 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10

1.9 2.4 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.9 5.5 7.1 3.4 4.2 5.9 7.6 4.9 6.9 8.8 5.4 7.6 9.7 5.9 8.3 10.6 6.7 9.4 12.1 7.2 10.1 13.1 8.3 11.6 14.9

838 1038 14

4TCH16 4TCH14 6TCH16 6TCH14 9TCH16 9TCH14

16 14 16 14 16 14

2.0 2.5 2.3 2.8 3.3 4.1

838 1038 14

CONVEYORS

* 10 10TCP14 14 3.8 1438 1438

15

10TCH16 10TCH14

16 14

3.5 4.3

15

* 12 ** 14 ** 16 ** 18 ** 20 ** 24 ** 24TCP12 12 11.1 3012 3012 20TCP12 12 9.7 2612 2612 18TCP12 12 8.9 2412 16TCP14 14 5.6 2112 14TCP14 14 5.1 1912 12TCP14 14 4.6 1712 1738

18

12TCH14 12TCH12 14TCH14 14TCH12 16TCH14 16TCH12 18TCH14 18TCH12 20TCH14 20TCH12 24TCH14 24TCH12

14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12

5.0 7.1 5.5 7.7 6.1 8.5 6.8 9.5 7.4 10.4 8.4 11.8

18

1938

1978

1978

2138

2178

2178

2412

25

25

27

27

31

31

For average applications where dust connement is not a problem, 2-0 centers or 10 fasteners per 10-0 section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dust tight 1-0 centers or 20 fasteners per 10-0 section are suggested. *L Standard lengths are 5-0 & 10-0 Standard gauge **L Standard lengths are 5, 6, 10 & 12-0

H-104
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Cover Accessories
Flanged Conveyor Inlets
The two styles of flanged conveyor inlets are designed for either bolting or welding to flat or flanged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size and bolt arrangement is the same as the standard conveyor discharge spout.
Fixed Type Detachable Type

L Bolts Part Number Conveyor Diameter Fixed Inlet Detachable Inlet Weight B Fixed Inlet C Detachable Inlet Fixed Inlet
3

E Detachable Inlet
3 11 1 1 7 7

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4C1F 6C1F 9C1F 10C1F 12C1F 14C1F 16C1F 18C1F 20C1F 24C1F

4C1D 6C1D 9C1D 10C1D 12C1D 14C1D 16C1D 18C1D 20C1D 24C1D

1.8 5.0 6.8 7.4 12.1 13.7 15.8 29.0 31.8 37.2

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

712 10 13 14 17 19 21 24 26 30

712 10 13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014

11 1

8 16 2 2 4 4 4

8 16 2 2 8 8

214 21316 4 4516 518 312 334 4716 478 558

312 4 438 434 558

214 3 4 438 514 312 4 438 434 512

114 112 112 112 2 2 2 212 212 212

1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1

8 16 16 16 16 16 4 4 4 4

1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1

4 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2

1 3 3 3

1 1 1

7 8 118

118 118

Spring Clamps
Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allow removal of cover.
Spring Clamp Clamp No. A B C D E F G H J Wt.

SPC1

16

16

134

138

118

32

.38
Spring Clamps

Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket


Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-anged and plain covers.

Clamp No.

Wt.

SPCA1

11

16

16

114

1316

114

.50
Spring Clamps with Brackets

Screw Clamps
Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching anged or at covers to trough.
Screw Clamp Clamp No. A B C D E F G Wt.

CSC2

214

1316

114

16

.42

Screw Clamps

Cover Gaskets
Red Rubber Conv. Dia. Size Sponge Rubber Size White Rubber Size

Toggle Clamps
Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibility. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top of clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to fit all sizes of trough, while allowing 90 to clear working area.
No. Required per 10 Section

4.6 9,10

RR125 1 8 X 114 RR150 1 8 X 112

SP75 1 8 X 34 SP100 1 8 X 1 SP150 1 8 X 112 SP200 1 8 X 2

WN125 1 8 X 114 WN150 1 8 X 112 WB250 1 8 X 2 WN250 1 8 X 212

Conveyor Part Number

12, 14, 16 RR200 1 8 X 2 18, 20, 24 RR250 1 8 X 212

424

QTC

6 to 8

71316 21516 12532

114

16

Toggle Clamps

H-105
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Feeder Shrouds
Feeder Shrouds
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.

S = Spaces at E inches BOLTS - T

Flared trough

U-trough

Screw Diameter Inches

Part No. U Flared Shroud Thickness A U

B C Flared D E U

F L Flared T S

4 6

4TFS14 6TFS14 6TFS12

4FFS14 6FFS14 6FFS12 9FFS14 9FFS7 10FFS14 10FFS7 12FFS12 12FFS7 14FFS12 14FFS7 16FFS12 16FFS7 18FFS12 18FFS7 20FFS10 20FFS7 24FFS10 24FFS7

14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga.


3

5 7 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 21 21 25 25

358 4 2
1

7 7 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 2
1

2 3 3 3 3 212 212 3 3 312 312 4 4 412 412 4 4 4 4

14 14 18 18 22 22 24 24 28 28 31 31 34 34 40 40

4 6 6 6 6 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 8 8 8 8

8 4 4 8 8 8 8

8 12 12 18 18 20 20 24 24 28 28 32 32 36 36 40 40 48 48

1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5

4 4 4 4

16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

412 6 8
1

CONVEYORS

9TFS14 9TFS7

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

618 638 638 7 4


3

10

10TFS14 10TFS7

14 Ga.
3

1 1 1 1 1 1 138 118 1 8
3

12

12TFS12 12TFS7

12 Ga.
3

1 8
1

734 914 914 10 8


5

118 118 118 1 8


1

14

14TFS12 14TFS7

12 Ga.
3

16

16TFS12 16TFS7

12 Ga.
3

1058 1218 1218 13 2


1

1112 1218 1218 13 2


1

118 138 138 1 8


3

18

18TFS12 18TFS7

12 Ga.
3

20

20TFS10 20TFS7

10 Ga.
3

1312 1612 1612

1312 1612 1612

138 138 138

138 138 138

24

24TFS10 24TFS7

10 Ga.
3

H-106
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features of a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or anged covers can be used over the shroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds are furnished to t various applications. These types are described below.

Type 1
Type 1 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rail and anged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of trough or between hangers.

Type 2
Type 2 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rails and anged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This type shroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.

Type 3
Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends. This type shroud is used between hangers.

Type 4
Type 4 Shroud cover has no anges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. This allows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths when installed ahead of an inlet opening.

H-107
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Special Features
SECTION IV
SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV Covers ....................................................................................................................................H-109 Trough Ends............................................................................................................................H-110 Trough .....................................................................................................................................H-111 Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................H-114 Discharges ..............................................................................................................................H-119 Inlets .......................................................................................................................................H-120

CONVEYORS H-108
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Special Features
The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in the design of conveyor systems. These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available. Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efcient system.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Covers
OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief to handle overflow over the discharge in cases where the discharge may become plugged. It is a short section of anged or at cover hinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is not attached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressure from within the trough.

SHROUD COVERS are designed to t inside a standard conveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, and create a tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage over tubular trough in that ease of access is combined with the convenience of using standard hangers and accessories. An additional flat cover may be required over the shroud to prevent accumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of the shroud cover.

EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover is required for safety but constant visual inspection is required. STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heavier gauges, when needed to support weight.

DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides to match channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and cross channels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the cover should not exceed one-half the length of the trough section.

HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional flat covers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge on one side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped to the trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used in applications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, such as in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall.

HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional flanged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

H-109
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover.

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough Ends

SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings are mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. This arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.

CONVEYORS
BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremely difcult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end. A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with an antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease tting can be furnished through the dead shaft for lubricating the bearing.

H-110
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough
WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough is used when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. By using a wide clearance or oversize trough, a greater capacity than using a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. When wide clearance trough is required, it is more economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard trough. BULK HEAD is a plate or baffle shaped to the contour of the inside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelve inches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the end bearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials, when the pocket formed is filled with packing or insulation. The bulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage to seals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials. EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough to allow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed. The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots to allow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. The number of joints and amount of expansion will depend on the application.

PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with a perforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drain section when liquids are present in the conveyed material. The size of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on the material and application.

RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a at bottom and can be formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separate pieces. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom of the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. Also in handling hot materials, the material will form its own internal insulation with this type trough. TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead space in the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. With some materials the tapered trough is necessary to prevent bridging in the trough, or contamination of the material.

TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube construction or split tube construction with anges for bolting or clamping the two halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosure and is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full cross sections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall back necessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-111
NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough
CLOSE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a closer clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough leaves less material in the trough and is often used when a greater clean-out of conveyed material is required. This type trough also minimizes fall back of certain materials in an inclined conveyor.

E OS CL

DROP BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with either a bolted or clamped and completely removable drop bottom, or hinged on one side with bolts or clamps on the opposite side. This design offers ease in cleaning of the trough and screw conveyor, and is often used when handling food products where internal inspection and cleaning of the screw conveyor is necessary.

DUST SEAL TROUGH (Sometimes referred to as SAND SEAL TROUGH) has Z-bar top flanges and formed channel cross members making a continuous channel pocket around the top of the trough into which a special anged cover is set. The channel is lled with sand or dust of the product being conveyed, thus creating an effective seal against the escape of dust from within the conveyor.

CHANNEL SIDE TROUGH is made with separate detachable trough bottoms, bolted or clamped to formed or rolled steel channels. The channels may be of any reasonable length to span widely spaced supports. This type of trough is occasionally used for easy replacement of trough bottoms, and to facilitate repairs when conveyor screw and hangers are not accessible from the top. The channel side trough can also be used without a bottom for lling bins and hoppers.

CONVEYORS H-112
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

HIGH SIDE TROUGH is of conventional construction except that the trough sides extend higher than standard from the center line to the top of the trough. This type trough is frequently used in conveying materials which mat together and travel as a mass on top of the conveyor screw. High side trough will confine this type material in the trough, but still affords the necessary expansion room.

JACKETED TROUGH consists of a formed jacket continuously welded to the trough. This type trough is widely used for heating, drying or cooling of materials. Pipe connections are provided for supply and discharge of the heating or cooling media. Special construction must be provided for higher pressures.

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Trough

SCREW ROTATION

HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediate hangers or when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw and push it up. The angle is constructed of formed or regular angle iron and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above the conveyor screw to allow approximately one-half inch clearance between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.

INSULATED CONVEYOR TROUGH is used when handling hot or cold materials. There are many types of insulation materials and arrangements that can be used.

RIDER BARS are flat bars one to one and one-half inches in width running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or four bars are normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved bottom of the trough. The bars are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. Rider bars are sometimes referred to as Riing Bars when they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the conveyor screw and rotate with it.

SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than the clearance between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in lengths of approximately one and one-half times the pitch of the conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the distance between hangers. They are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Bafe) is a single plate bolted vertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the contour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the ow of material from an inlet by preventing ooding across the top of the conveyor screw.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-113
NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws

SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoining sections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers. These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.

WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw ights are used for handling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.

CONVEYORS
QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with a hanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.

Width of Application Chart


Screw Diameter Standard Width of Application

6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

1 112 2 2 212 212 3 3


Helicoid Sectional

NOTE: Weld-on type normally 116 thick.

HARD SURFACED FLIGHTS sometimes called abrasive resistant conveyors can be furnished using one of many hardsurfacing processes. The hard surfaced area is normally an outer portion of the face of the ight on the carrying side of the conveyor screw. This process is applied to the conveyor screw to resist wear when handling highly abrasive materials.

H-114
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws

SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the ights is reduced. They are recommended for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and for controlling cross sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.

TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins or hoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of ights increasing in pitch and are used as feeder screws to draw free-owing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-up horsepower.

H-115
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of ights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tandem on one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers to regulate the ow of material.

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws

DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle ow and discharge of certain materials. Double ight can be used at hanger points only, for smooth ow past hangers.

DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and ow in screw feeders and effectively deter ushing action of uid materials.

MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon ights of different diameters and opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forward by one ight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customer specications.)

CONVEYORS

BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is inserted through the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.

CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw ight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. This welding is added to prevent stripping of ight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to ll the slight crack between the ight and pipe for sanitary purposes.

H-116
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws

BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearings and are bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw ight, the bearing shoe projects beyond the outer edge of ighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contact between the conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and are spaced along the screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.

External Sleeves

Bolt Pads

EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplings are attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.

KICKER BARS are at bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over the discharge spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials.

MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.

H-117
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Conveyor Screws

OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of ight added to the conveyor screw beyond the discharge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This ight opposes the ow of material that tends to carry past the discharge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.

ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This type conveyor screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use of standard component parts.

DISC

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded ush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameter as the screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plate shaft seal.

CONVEYORS

CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are close coupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting ight.

ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a flow of heating or cooling media through the conveyor screw pipe.

H-118
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharges
ANGULAR DISCHARGES can be furnished when necessary for certain applications. This type discharge is normally used on inclined conveyors when it is necessary that the discharge be parallel to ground level, or at other times when material must be discharged to one side.

LONGER THAN STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUTS are approximately one and one-half times the length of the standard discharge spouts. This discharge is used with materials hard to discharge due to the material trying to convey past the discharge opening. This discharge is also used when operating high speed conveyors.

ROUND DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished where required for attaching tubular attachments, or when one conveyor discharges into another conveyor at an angle other than a right angle. By using a round discharge and round inlet the connection is easily made.

FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished with a special trough end plate constructed on trough end side of the spout. This type spout offers a complete discharge without a ledge at the end plate for material build up. It is used primarily in handling food products, where infestation may occur.

AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action and purpose to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement is accomplished by an air cylinder. These gates are usually employed when remote control and automatic operation is desired.

LEVER OPERATED GATES are a modication of standard slide discharges with a lever attached for opening and closing the gates. This attachment provides a leverage for ease of operation and a convenient means for quick opening and closing.

ENCLOSED DUST-TIGHT OR WEATHER-PROOF rack and pinion discharge spouts can be furnished in either at or curved slide and are similar in construction to conventional rack and pinion slide gates except that the slide, rack, and pinion are fully enclosed in a housing.

H-119
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Discharges and Inlets


AIR OPERATED CURVED SLIDE GATES are similar to standard rack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylinder. The air operated gate is usually used for remote control and automatic operation. These gates can also be furnished in dusttight or weather-proof construction with the cylinder and gate fully enclosed in the housing.

CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve the same purpose as the deflector plate inlet, but are constructed with a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the conveyor.

SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of regulating or stopping the inlet flow to relieve the conveyor screw from excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, the screw rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure a constant ow rate.

HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.

CONVEYORS H-120
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments or when connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet of another at other than a right angle. This type connection is easily made with round discharges and inlets.

DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or abrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deector plates, or bafes, that dampen the impact of the material in order to feed the conveyor more gently.

HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted on top of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hanger pocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing the use of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access to the hanger.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Installation & Maintenance


INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V
Installation and Erection......................................................................................................... H-121 Operation and Maintenance................................................................................................... H-122 Hazardous Operations ........................................................................................................... H-122 Warning & Safety Reminder................................................................................................... H-123

SECTION V General
All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usually designed and manufactured to the particular job specications. Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shop assembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. When components only are ordered, shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in eld assembly. Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in the eld and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly are required. More time is required for field installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units. Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or property damage.

Installation
Receiving
Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specically check for dented or bent trough, bent anges, bent ighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claims should be led immediately with the carrier.

Erection
For shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In eld erection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shims or grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made. For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence with inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough anges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten ange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.

Piano Wire Stretch Tight

Angle Clip

Trough Joint
Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly should begin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive shaft, in the end bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed. Place the rst screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts. Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the ight. Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts. Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough. Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

H-121

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Installation & Maintenance


1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that ighting at each end is approximately 180 from ends of ighting of adjacent sections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws. 2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that ighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a continuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for ight alignment.) Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws. Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or bending. Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided. Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided. Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment. If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material ow.

Operation
Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service instructions for lubrication. In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hanger bearings may cause some noise.) 1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operating temperatures. 2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy. 3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary. Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of ow for which the conveyor and drive were designed. If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of time. It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor.

Maintenance
Practice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive. Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance. To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows: 1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical power are disconnected before starting to disassemble. 2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the damaged or worn section is reached and removed. 3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order. 4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without rst removing adjacent sections. Replacement parts can be identied from a copy of the original packing list or invoice. The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections.

CONVEYORS

Hazardous Operations
Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment. Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material. Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels.

H-122
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Warning & Safety Reminder


Martin does not install conveyor; consequently
it is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the WilliamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. 1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1-1993, with special attention given to section 6.12. 3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. 4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. 7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. 14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, should be consulted prior to any modications. insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped. Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. The label shown below has been reduced in size. The actual size is printed next to the label. For more detailed instructions and information, please request a free copy of our Screw Conveyor Safety, Installation, Operation, Maintenance Instructions. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY IN WORK AREAS

CVS930011

Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing
CHS930001

Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard
H-123

ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3"


PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2"


SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

WARNING

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bucket Elevators
SECTION VI

BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI


Warning & Safety Reminder ..................................................H-125 Introduction............................................................................H-126 Standard Features Series 100 & 700 ....................................H-127 Elevator Selection Procedure ................................................H-128 Materials Table ......................................................................H-129 Centrifugal Discharge Elevator Series 100 and 200 Chain............................................H-130 Series 100 and 200 Belt...............................................H-131 Continuous Discharge Elevators Series 700 and 800 Chain............................................H-132 Series 700 and 800 Belt...............................................H-133 Mill duty Centrifugal Discharge Elevators Series MDC26 and MDC30 Chain ...............................H-134 Series MDB30 Belt.......................................................H-135 Series DRB30 Belt .......................................................H-136 Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Elevators Series SC700 Chain.....................................................H-137 Bucket Elevator Dimensions Elevator Sketch ............................................................H-138 Dimensions, 100 & 700 Belt & Chain ...........................H-139 Buckets and Chain ................................................................H-140 Bucket Punching....................................................................H-141 Calculations for Numbers of Buckets ....................................H-142 High Speed Grain Centrifugal Disc. Elevator Series 500 Belt.............................................................H-143

CONVEYORS H-124
PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Safety
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. Additional information shall be obtained by the purchaser from other sources, including the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Standard ANSI B20.1, Standard ANSI B15.1, Standard ANSI Z244. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the bucket elevator and elevator assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin, in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute Safety Code.

Precautions:
1. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees. 2. Bucket elevators shall not be operated unless the elevator housing completely encloses the elevator moving elements and power transmission guards are in place. If the elevator is to be opened for inspection, cleaning or observation, the motor driving the conveyor is to be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone, however remote from the area, unless the elevator housing has been closed and all other guards are in place. 3. If the elevator must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire elevator is then to be guarded by a railing or fence. 4. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches, the grating opening must not exceed 12 inch by 2 inches. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in contact with moving parts of the equipment. SOLID COVERS should be used at all points and must be designed and installed so that personnel will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment. 5. All rotating equipment such as guards, drives, gears, shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and good practice. 6. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and good practices. 7. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment. 8. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. Clear access to these controls and devices must be maintained. 9. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices, covers, guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning. 10. Do not walk on elevator covers, gratings or guards. 11. Do not poke or prod material in the elevator. 12. Do not place hands, feet or any part of the body or clothing in the elevator or opening. 13. Do not overload elevator or attempt to use it for other than its intended use. 14. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the moving elements of the elevator. 15. Before power is connected to the drive a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all guards are in place and secure. 16. Bucket Elevators are not manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel unless specially designed. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Elevators may be designed to handle these materials. Elevators are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the elevator is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, Martin should be consulted prior to any modications. 17. Removal of backstop may cause unexpected machine movement. Remove or block all external loads before servicing unit. Failure to observe these precautions could result in bodily injury. All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival. Do not attempt to install a damaged item or elevator. All bucket elevators shop assembled by Martin, have warning labels afxed in many easily seen locations. If the equipment exterior is painted, coated or altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175F or if a change in the original intended use of the equipment is considered, the factory shall be consulted before modications are made. Additional stickers are available upon request.
CHR930001 CHS930001 (5 Wide x 2 1/2 High)

Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard
HOME

Prominently Display In Work Areas


CVS930012 (3 Wide x 6 High)

CHS930001

H-125
SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Introduction
The Martin designs and manufactures various types of bucket elevators to efciently handle most varieties of dry, free-owing bulk materials. High design standards, quality manufacturing, the best possible service through many branch locations and an excellent distributor network assure many years of economical, trouble-free service. This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of a bucket elevator. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured by Martin. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin distributor for a recommendation.

Types Centrifugal Discharge


Centrifugal discharge type elevators are offered as: Series 100 (boot take up) and Series 200 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-owing materials with small to medium size lumps. The standard inlet chute and standard curved bottom plate direct the material into the buckets and reduce the digging action. The speed of the elevator is sufficient to discharge the material by centrifugal force. Many types of drives and elevator materials of construction are available.

Continuous Discharge
Continuous discharge elevators are offered as: Series 700 (boot take up) and Series 800 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-flowing material, sluggish material or materials that are abrasive. The closely spaced fabricated buckets, with extended sides, form a chute to direct material into the bucket. At the discharge, the bucket configuration allows the material to discharge by gravity over the back of the proceeding bucket. Various materials of construction and thicknesses are available.

High-Speed Centrifugal Grain


Series 500 (double leg) and Series 400 (single leg) high-speed centrifugal discharge bucket elevators are specially designed to economically handle grain and other free-flowing materials. These elevators are not self-supporting; therefore, intermediate supports must be provided by others. Although the charts in this catalog are based on one type of bucket, many other styles are available. For specific recommendations contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation.

CONVEYORS

Centrifugal Discharge - Mill Duty


Centrifugal Mill Duty type elevators are offered with style AC centrifugal discharge buckets mounted on a single strand of chain, or on a belt. Chain units have a single row of buckets mounted on a single strand of chain. Belt type units may have a single or double row of buckets bolted to heavy duty rubber covered belting. Product is centrifugally discharged as material passes over the head wheel or pulley. A head mounted traction wheel is utilized in the chain type units, where practical. Lagged pulleys are standard for belt type units. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.

Continuous Discharge - Super Capacity


Continuous Discharge Super Capacity type elevators are offered with style SC continuous discharge buckets mounted between two strands of chain. These units are used where higher capacities, severe duty, or higher shaft centers are required. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.

H-126
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Standard Features Series 100 and Series 700


1. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . . . . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Other types available. Backstops are required to prevent reverse rotation. Various types are available. 2. Split Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge 3. Inspection Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near side 4. Head Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel with bearing pedestal structurally reinforced 5. Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steel with externally adjustable 4-ply belting throat lip (not shown). Style 2 (45) available. Wear liners available. 6. Intermediate Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixture welded 12 gauge casing continuously welded for dust tight construction. Sides are cross crimped for additional stiffness. Vertical corner angles are full length. 7. Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel 8. Clean Out Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolted for easy removal 9. Curved Bottom Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot 10. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . For positive take-up tension. Available with roller bearings. Internal gravity type also available. 11. Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel.

Elevator Number 100 thru 800 Series


Example B43-139 Mounting Bucket Size Series Unit No.

43

39

B = Belt C = Chain

43 = 4 3 64 = 6 4 85 = 8 5 106 = 10 6 Etc.

1 = 100 2 = 200 5 = 500 7 = 700 8 = 800

Unit 39

B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4 3 (43) buckets, centrifugal discharge type with boot take up (Series 100), Unit 39. Specications may be found on pages H-131.

H-127
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Elevator Selection
General
To properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be determined: 1. Volumetric Capacity in cubic feet per hour. Bucket elevators must be uniformly and continuously fed. The volumetric capacity used for selection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. Use Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary. 2. Centers or Lift in feet 3. Lump Size and Lump Class Lump size is the largest particle dimension, and lump class is the percentage these lumps represent of the whole. 4. Material Characteristics See Material Classication Code Chart. 5. Operating Conditions Conditions affecting operation include location (indoors, outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.

Procedure
The following steps should be followed to select an elevator: 1. Determine proper elevator series See material table for recommendation. 2. Select Elevator Number For the series selected, refer to the Capacity chart, and select an elevator number for which the capacity in cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetric capacity. If the required volumetric capacity of centers exceed those listed, contact the Martin for a recommendation. 3. Check Lump Size/Lump Class Check actual lump size/lump class against that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actual lump size/lump class is larger than that listed, choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or less than that listed. 4. Determine Horsepower Requirements Consult Martin. 5. List Specications Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension charts for the elevator number selected. List the specications for the preliminary selection of the elevator. Contact your local recommendation.

TABLE 1-1
To convert Tons per hour (short) TPH Pounds per hour Lbs/hour Bushels per hour BPH CFH = CFH = To cubic feet per hour (CF or FT3/HR) TPH 2000 Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3) Pounds per hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)

Martin Service Center or Martin, distributor for a

CFH = BPH 1.24

Material Classication Code Chart


Major Class Density Bulk Density, Loose Very Fine Fine Size Granular No. 200 Sieve (.0029) and Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) and Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) and Under No.
1

Material Characteristics Included

Code Description Actual Lbs/CF A200 A100 A40 B6 C12 D3 D7 D16 DX E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

6 Sieve (.132) and Under

2 and Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 and Under (12 to 3) 7 and Under (3 to 7) 16 and Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X = Actual Maximum Size Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.

CONVEYORS H-128

Lumpy Irregular Flowability Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive

Abrasiveness `

Miscellaneous Properties or Hazards

Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Materials Table
Material Density LBS/FT3 Material Code Recommended Elevator Series* Material Density LBS/FT3 Material Code Recommended Elevator Series*

Alfalfa Meal Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Oxide Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Bentonite, Crude Bentonite 100 Mesh Boneblack Bonemeal Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borax, Fine Bran, Rice-Rye-Wheat Brewers Grain, spent, dry Brewers Grain, spent, wet Buckwheat Calcium Oxide (See Lime, unslaked) Cast Iron, Chips Cement, Clinker Cement, Portland Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Lumps Cinders, Coal Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Coal, Anthracite, Sized 12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Roasted Bean Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Copra, Cake, Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Dolomite, Crushed Ebonite, Crushed Feldspar, Ground *Elevator Series Designation A = Series 100 Chain B = Series 100 Belt C = Series 200 Chain

14-22 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 7-15 60-120 35-40 45 30-45 40-55 75-85 36 48 34-40 50-60 20-25 50-60 35-50 50 45-55 16-20 14-30 55-60 37-42 130-200 75-95 94 75-95 67-75 18-28 40 100-120 49-61 43-50 25-32 20-30 25-35 23-35 35-45 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 12-15 40-50 21 40-45 32-40 45 30-35 40-45 22-40 18-25 12 35-40 40 30 80-100 63-70 65-80

B6-45WY C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY E-45V A100-17M D3-46T C12-45 B6-25 A100-35 D3-36 C 2-15W C12-15 D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-25Y B6-35 D3-45 B6-35 B6-25T B6-35NY C12-45 C12-45T B6-25N
1

F, H C, F, H F A, F A, F G F F C A, C, F F F A, C, F A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C F A, C A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C A, C A, C E F A, F A, F A, F A, F F A, F B A, F A, F A, F A, F B, D D D A, C, F, G A, C, F A, C, F A, C, F, G F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C E A, C A, C B, D B, D F, G A, C A, C A, C A, F F A, C, F,

C12-45 D3-36 A100-26M D3-25 A100-25MXY D3-45Q D3-36T C12-36 C12-25 C12-45T C12-25PQ C12-25PQ C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW C12-35JY B6-25P B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P C12-25 B6-35PU D7-45HW C12-25X C12-45XY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-35HW B6-35 C12-36 C12-35 A100-37

Feldspar, Powder Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Glass, Batch Granite, Fine Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ilmenite Ore Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime, Hydrated Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Marble, Crushed Milk, Malted Oats Oats, Rolled Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized Potash (Muriate) Dry Pumice 18 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Hulled Rye Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Shale, Crushed Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slate, Crushed 12 Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Phosphate Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal, Hot Soybeans, Whole Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Raw Trisodium Phosphate, Granular Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ Wood Chips, Screened G = Series 700 Belt H = Series 800 Chain

100 43-45 48-50 25-45 30-40 60-65 80-100 80-90 55-60 60-80 70-80 35 50-55 35-45 140-160 60-65 40 53-56 68 85-90 20-30 36-40 20-30 80-95 27-30 26 19-24 60 75-85 60 70 42-48 20 42-45 45-49 42-48 85 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 85-90 130-180 80-90 55-65 20-35 50-60 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 12-15 25-45 55-65 60 45-48 40-45 18, 28 10-30

A200-36 B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-25 C12-450W C12-37 C12-27 B6-35U A100-35U D3-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q D3-37 B6-35U B6-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N B6-37 A40-45PX C12-25MN C12-35NY B6-35QS DX-36 B6-36 B6-37 B6-46 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-25P B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 D3-37Z C12-36 D3-37Y C12-36 B6-36 A40-36Y A-35 D3-35W C12-36NW C12-35Y A40-35Mn B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PX B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 D3-45VY

F, H E C A, C B, D B, D B, D F A, C, F, H A, F F A, C A, C A, F A, C, F, G A, C, F, G F A, F A, C, F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C F A E A, C B, D A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C, F F E A, C E E A, C, F, H F, H B, G B, G B, G B, H F F A, C F, H A, F C A A, C B, D A, C A, C E F, H F, H A, C A, F E A, C A, C B, D

D = Series 200 Belt E = Series 500 Belt F = Series 700 Chain

H-129
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Centrifugal Discharge Chain


Series 100 Chain (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.

Chain
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.

#100 Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Te.eth Diameter Diameter

C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-120 C147-123 C127-119 C147-124 C127-122 C147-127 C147-126 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 C188-136 C188-138 C208-140 C208-142 C248-146 C2410-150

73 280 473 532 532 591 591 891 891 900 900 1013 1425 1568 1569 1603 1656 1763 1798 1863 1898 2135 2319 2448 2657 2805 2808 3218 3024 3465 4703 6518

4 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 12 14 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

2 3/4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10

3 4 1/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2

9.25 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 18 19 16 18 16 19 16 18 16 19 18 19 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

977 C188 N102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N102B HSB110 HSB110 N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 HSB110 N111 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833

2.308 2.609 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 6.000 4.760 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

125 225 200 225 225 250 250 220 220 250 250 250 250 275 240 250 240 275 275 240 275 275 240 240 275 275 240 275 240 275 275 275

1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2

1 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2

8 9 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 21 3/4 21 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 28 3/4 30 3/4

18 35 35 39 39 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 54 48 48 48 54 54 48 54 54 48 48 54 54 48 54 48 54 54 60

10 24 14 16 16 19 19 16 16 13 13 19 13 16 16 19 13 24 20 19 16 24 16 12 20 16 12 16 12 16 16 16

7.50 20.00 18.00 20.50 20.50 24.25 24.25 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 24.25 25.00 30.75 24.50 24.25 25.00 30.50 30.50 24.25 30.75 30.50 24.50 23.00 30.50 30.75 23.00 30.75 23.00 30.75 30.75 30.75

63.7 43 42.4 41.9 41.9 39.4 39.4 41 41 38.2 38.2 39.4 38.2 34.2 37.4 39.4 36.7 34.4 34.4 37.8 34.2 34.4 37.4 39.9 34.4 34.2 39.9 34.2 39.9 34.2 34.2 34.2

10 18 10 10 10 14 14 12 12 11 11 16 9 12 12 14 9 19 16 14 12 19 11 9 14 11 9 11 9 11 11 11

7.50 15.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 18.00 18.00 15.50 15.50 21.25 21.25 20.50 17.50 23.25 18.25 18.00 17.50 24.25 24.25 18.00 23.25 24.25 17.00 17.50 21.25 21.25 17.50 21.25 17.50 21.25 21.25 21.25

1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

CONVEYORS

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

H-130
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Centrifugal Discharge Belt


Series 100 Belt (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Belt
Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers are available.

#100 Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing Width BELT F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

B43-139 B64-141 B64-140 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152 B188-160 B208-164 B188-162 B208-166 B127-146S B248-168 B2410-170

95 293 324 543 591 911 1013 1425 1596 1691 1932 2550 2856 2925 3150 3276 3528 4489 4788 6636

4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 18 20 12 24 24

2 3/4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 8 10

3 4.25 4.25 5.5 5.5 6.25 6.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 7.25 8.5 10.5

8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 16 18 18

5 7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 21 19 21 24 25 25

140 235 260 230 250 225 250 250 280 245 280 250 280 250 250 280 280 350 280 280

1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2

1 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 4 1/2 4 1/2

8 11 3/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 22 3/4 22 3/4 24 3/4 26 3/4 24 3/4 26 3/4 28 30 3/4 30 3/4

18 35 39 39 42 42 48 48 54 48 54 48 54 48 48 54 54 66 54 60

8.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 30.00 42.00 30.00 30.00

62.9 43.8 40.5 42.9 39 41.9 39 39 35.1 38.2 35.1 39 35.1 39 39 35.1 35.1 31.5 35.1 35.1

8.00 16.00 16.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00

1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

H-131
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Continuous Discharge Chain


Series 700 Chain (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous discharge chain type elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Chain
Continuous discharge chain type elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.

#700 Chain Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C188-783 C208-785 C248-787 C2010-786 C2410-788

567 567 729 729 1013 1013 1226 1226 1423 1423 1547 1547 1828 1828 2109 2363 2784 3375 3881 4669

8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 14 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 20 24

5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10

7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8

8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833

4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

120 120 120 120 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2

2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2

11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 22 3/4 24 3/4 28 3/4 24 3/4 28 3/4

39 39 39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54

16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

22.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50

1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

CONVEYORS

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

H-132
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Continuous Discharge Belt


Series 700 Belt (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous discharge belt type elevators will handle various free-owing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Belt
Continuous discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers are available.

#700 Belt Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B188-798 B208-720 B248-722 B2010-724 B2410-726

756 972 1296 1570 1822 1980 2340 2700 3024 3564 4320 4968 5976

8 10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18 20 24 20 24

5 5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10

7 3/4 7 3/4 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8 11 5/8

8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 21 25 21 25

160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160

3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2

2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2

11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 22 3/4 24 3/4 28 3/4 24 3/4 28 3/4

39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54

20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00

29.8 29.8 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9

14.00 14.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000

2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

H-133
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

2.0000

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Chain


Series MDC26 & MDC30 Chain
Mill duty centrifugal discharge chain type bucket elevators handle a variety of relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive. Extensively used in the cement industry.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Chain
Mill duty centrifugal discharge chain type bucket elevators are furnished with heavy duty steel knuckle chain for medium to severe service, selected for required work loads.

Mill Duty Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

MDC26 -128A MDC26 -148A MDC26 -168A MDC26 -128B MDC26 -148B MDC26 -168B MDC26-1810A

2226 2624 3021 3339 3935 4532 4929 5387 5470 5859 6502 6758 7394 8033 8204 8789 9752 10136 12049

12 14 16 12 14 16 18 16 20 18 20 24 18 24 20 18 20 24 24

8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2

18 18 18 12 12 12 18 12 18 18 18 18 12 18 12 12 12 12 12

HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB856 HSB833 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB859 HSB856 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859

6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

265 265 265 265 265 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 315

1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1 3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 4 4 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 5 4 1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

20 22 24 20 22 24 26 24 28 26 28 32 26 32 28 26 28 32 32

56 56 56 56 56 56 64 60 64 68 68 64 64 68 64 68 68 64 68

26 26 26 26 26 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 30

27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.25 31.00 27.25 31.25 31.25 27.25 28.00 31.25 28.00 32.00 32.00 28.00 32.00

37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.1 38.8 37.1 38.5 38.5 37.1 36.2 38.5 36.2 37.6 37.6 36.2 37.6

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 15

25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.05 28.81 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 25.05 28.82 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 28.82

3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000

CONVEYORS

MDC30 - 168B MDC26-2010A MDC30-1810A MDC30-2010A MDC26-2410A MDC26-1810B MDC30-2410A MDC26-2010B MDC30-1810B MDC30-2010B MDC26-2410B MDC30-2410B

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.

H-134
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt


Series MDB30 Belt
Mill duty centrifugal discharge belt type bucket elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Belt
Mill duty centrifugal discharge belt type bucket elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.

Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. BUCKETS Proj. BELT Width MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

Width

Depth

Spacing

F.P.M.

MDB30-128A MDB30-148A MDB30-168A MDB30-128B MDB30-148B MDB30-168B MDB30-1810A MDB30-2010A MDB30-2410A MDB30-1810B MDB30-2010B MDB30-2410B

2520 2970 3420 3780 4455 5130 5580 6192 7650 8370 9288 11475

12 14 16 12 14 16 18 20 24 18 20 24

8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10

8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2

18 18 18 12 12 12 18 18 18 12 12 12

14 16 18 14 16 18 20 22 26 20 22 26

300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 4 4 1/2 4 4 4 1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5

22 24 26 22 24 26 28 30 34 28 30 34

58 58 58 58 58 58 64 64 64 64 64 64

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6

24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00

3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.

H-135
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt


Series DRB30 Belt
Double row mill duty centrifugal discharge belt type bucket elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a double row of style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Belt
Double row mill duty centrifugal discharge belt type bucket elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.

Double Row Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

DRB30-128A DRB30-1210A DRB30-148A DRB30-1410A DRB30-168A DRB30-1610A

8316 9207 9801 10841 11286 12499 15345 17028 21038

12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 24

8 10 8 10 8 10 10 10 10

8 1/2 10 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2

10 12 10 12 10 12 12 12 12

26 26 30 30 34 34 38 42 50

275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275

1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2

4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 3/4 5

34 34 38 38 42 42 46 50 58

58 62 58 62 58 62 62 62 62

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000

CONVEYORS

DRB30-1810A DRB30-2010A DRB30-2410A

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.

H-136
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Chain


Series SC700 Chain
Super Capacity continuous discharge chain type bucket elevators handle high capacities of various free owing dry materials ranging from nes to lumps, moderate to extremely abrasive, and those that tend to pack.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style SC continuous fabricated steel buckets, mounted between tow strand of chain.

Chain
Super Capacity continuous discharge chain type bucket elevators are furnished with two strands of heavy duty steel knuckle chain for moderate to severe service, selected for required work loads.

Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator


ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY BUCKETS Max. C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing CHAIN No. Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

SC700-128 SC700-148 SC700-168 SC700-188 SC700-208 SC700-1612 SC700-2012 SC700-2412 SC700-3012 SC700-3612 SC700-4212 SC700-4812

2250 2700 3150 3600 4050 5625 7125 8250 10500 12375 14437.5 16500

12 14 16 18 20 16 20 24 30 36 42 48

8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625

12 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

6102 1/2 6102 1/2 6102 1/2 6102 1/2 6102 1/2 9124 9124 9124 9124 9124 9150 9150

12 12 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

2 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

26 28 30 32 34 33 37 41 47 53 60 66

56 56 56 56 56 68 68 68 68 68 68 68

8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77

12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7

6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77

2.4375 2.4375 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.4375 3.4375 3.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.

H-137
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bucket Elevator Dimensions

112

As Reqd

D-1

V Head Shaft Dia. U R

T AS

Shaft Centers Std. Intermediate 10-0

Lift

Overall Height

CONVEYORS
AP K J H F L L Take- G Up N M M Anchor Bolt Plan

H-138
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bucket Elevator Dimensions


100 & 700 Belt & Chain Dimensions (In Inches)
Elevator Number Chain Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Chain Casing A B F G H J Boot K L M N P R S T U Head V Y Z D-1

C43-101 C64-102

B43-139

8 934

18 35 39 35 39 42 39 42

9 13 14 13 14 16 14 16

6 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

2714 3634 2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 3212 50 2612 43 3212 50

42 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

10

15 2934 3112 2934 3112 3234 3112 3234

8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

1712 2812 3012 2812 3012 3314 3012 3314

36 42 42 42 42 42 42 42

14

2014 13

1712 1412 1312 13 1912 1612 1512 13 1712 1412 1512 13 1912 1612 1512 13 21 18 1512 13

1912 1712 3012 13 2112 1912 3212 14 1912 1712 3012 14 2112 1912 3212 14 24 21 3614 1412

B64-140 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 B64-141 B85-790 C85-766 C85-767

1134 1134 1134 1134

B105-791 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116

B85-142 B85-143

C105-768

1334 1334

1912 1612 1712 13 21 18 1712 13

2112 1912 3212 15 24 21 3614 1512

B107-792 B106-144

C107-770 C107-771

1334 1534

48 42

19 16

9 9

4012 60 3212 50

72 72

24 21

21 18

1712 15 1912 13

3534 3214

13 10

3612 3314

48 42

2712 24 24 21

4058 16 3614 17

C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122

B127-793 B128-795

B106-145

C127-772 C127-773 C128-776 C128-777

1534 1534

48 54 64

19 21 26

9 10 10

4012 60 39 6012

72 72 72

24 27 32

21 24 29

1912 15 1912 17

3534 3814

13 17 17

3612 4112 4612

48 48 48

2712 24 31 27

4058 17 45 53 1814 24

B127-146 S C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 C147-774 C147-775 C148-778 C148-779

28

2934 6012

3012 2614 36

3612 32

B147-794 B147-796

B127-146

1734

48

19

10

4012 60

72

24

21

2112 15

3534

13

3612

48

2712 24

4058 18

B127-147 B168-797 B147-148 B147-149 B188-798 B168-150 B168-152


1

1734 C168-780 C168-781 1934 1934 C188-782 C188-783 2234 2234

54 48 54 48 54

21 19 21 19 21

10 10 10 10 10

39

6012

72 72 72 72 72

27 24 27 24 27

24 21 24 21 24

2112 17 2312 15 2312 17 2612 15 2612 17

3814 3534 3814 3534 3814

17 13 17 13 17

4112 3612 4112 3612 4112

48 48 48 48 48

31

27

45

1914

4012 60 39 6012

2712 24 31 27

4058 19 45 20

4012 60 39 6012

2712 24 31 27

4058 21 45 22

NOT certied for construction. 2 Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed. For units not shown, contact Martin.

H-139
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Buckets and Chain


Style AA
Ductile iron buckets for general use with most types of relatively free owing material in centrifugal discharge elevators. Can be mounted on chain or belt and furnished in various plastic materials.
Bucket Size A B C Weight Lbs. Capacity cu. ft. XX

4 6 8 10 12 14 16

234 4 5 6 7 7 8
Bucket Size B

3 414 512 614 714 714 812


C

1.0 2.7 4.8 7.7 12.0 13.9 21.8


Weight Lbs.

.01 .03 .07 .12 .19 .23 .34


Capacity cu. ft. XX

Style C
Fabricated buckets are used in centrifugal discharge elevators to handle materials that tend to pack or stick, such as sugar, clay, salt or wet grains.

6 8 10 12 14 16

412 412 5 5 7 7

4 4 4 4 512 512
Weight Lbs. 12 Ga. 10 Ga.
3

2.0 2.8 4.0 4.8 8.5 10.5

.026 .035 .052 .061 .138 .158


Capacity cu. ft. XX

Continuous
Medium front non-overlapping fabricated steel buckets are used in continuous discharge elevators for general service. Heavier gauges should be used when handling abrasive materials. Available fabricated from various materials. High front continuous buckets are available also. Plastic buckets available in most sizes.
A

Bucket Size B C

16

8 10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18

5 5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8

734 734 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158

5.1 5.9 9.3 10.4 11.6 11.2 12.4 13.7 14.9

6.3 7.4 11.9 13.4 14.9 14.4 16.0 17.6 19.2

8.7 10.2 16.5 18.6 20.7 20.0 22.2 24.5 26.7

26.1 29.1 32.0 35.0

.070 .090 .180 .218 .253 .275 .325 .375 .420

AC Welded Steel
High front for greater capacity. Hooded back for closer spacing. Typical in cement, gypsum powder or other powdery materials. Venting available for clean lling and discharge. Mounted on chain or belt.
X D (DEPTH)

P Y

L (LENGTH)

Bucket Size, Inches L Length P Proj. D Depth

Weight 3/16 Steel 1/4 Steel

Cap. Cu. Feet^ Filled Filled to Line to Line X-X X-Y

50

^Weights do not include bolt reinforcing plates. Bolt reinforcing plates are recommended if less than 8 bolts are used. Vent holes in bottom are optional in style AC buckets.

12 14 16 18 20 24 27

8 8 8 10 10 10 12

812 812 812 1012 1012 1012 12 12

18.25 20.30 22.48 31.15 33.68 39.67 53.84

24.30 27.00 29.98 38.95 42.10 52.69 71.46

.231 .271 .311 .488 .542 .651 1.072

.303 .356 .408 .691 .768 .921 1.474

CONVEYORS

SC Welded Steel
Mounted between two strands of chain. Suitable for the heaviest materials. Designed for super capacity elevators. Typical in asphalt and concrete applications. Design offers increased capacity.
X D (DEPTH)

A Y

P (PROJ.)

L (LENGTH)

Weight 10 L P D A Gauge 3/16 1/4 Length Proj. Depth Inches Steel Steel Steel

Bucket Size, Inches

Cap. Cu. Feet* Filled Filled 5/16 to Line to Line Steel X-X X-Y

*Note: Actual capacity depends on angle of repose of material handled and inclination of elevator.

12 14 16 16 18 20 20 24 30 36

834 834 834 12 834 834 12 12 12 12

1158 1158 1158 1758 1158 1158 1758 1758 1758 1758

4916 4916 4916 612 4916 4916 612 612 612 612

22 23 25 43 27 29 49 55 65 73
Pin Diameter
7

29 31 34 58 36 39 67 75 88 99

39 41 45 76 48 52 88 104 117 132

49 51 56 95 60 65 110 130 146 165

.35 .41 .46 1.11 .52 .58 1.40 1.68 2.11 2.53

.54 .63 .72 1.55 .81 .90 1.94 2.33 2.91 3.49

Chain
Combination chains, C-, have cast block links and steel connecting side bars. All steel (steel knuckle), SS, are fabricated of steel. Attachments are available either on the connecting side bars or block link.

Chain No.

Pitch in Inches

Average Ultimate Strength Lbs.

Rated Working Value Lbs.

Wt. Per Ft. Lbs Attachment Every Other Pitch

Attachment Number

Dimension in Inches Side Barrel or Bar Knuckle Dia.

C-977 C-188 C-102B C-110 C-111 SS-102B SS-110

2.308 2.609 4.0 6.0 4.76 4.0 6.0

11,000 14,000 24,000 24,000 36,000 40,000 40,000

1830 1950 4000 4000 5,950 6,290 6290

2.2 4.8 7.8 7.3 10.7 9.0 8.6

K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2

16 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 5 8
1

16 78 4 118 3 8 112 3 8 112 3 8 134 3 8 112 3 8 112


3 1

8 8 1132 1516 11532 1 114


7 7

NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket. Consult Martin for other chains.

H-140
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bucket Punching (Belt)


CEMA Standard (Formerly P1 thru P9)

C BOLTS

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5
Salem and Other Similar Light Buckets Punch A B
5 7

B6

B7
M.I. & Steel Buckets Style A, AA, AA-RB, B, C, etc. C*
1 1 1 1 1 1

B8
Continuous Buckets C*
1 1 1 1

Bucket Length

Punch

Punch

C*

6 8 10 12 14 16 18

B-1 B-2 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

438 3116 478 338 3 278

8 8 8 8 8 8

B-1 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-7

4-38 3 312 412 4 412


Chain Number

1
7 7 7

B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-7 B-7


A B

3 312 412 4 412 5


C

4-516 4-516 4-516


5 1 1

4-516 4-516 4-516 4- 16


5

8 8 8 8 8

4 -516 4 -516 4 -516


5 5

7 7 7

7 7

16 16

DEPTH 1 2

16 16 16
E
3

4-516

B=

Attachment Number

*C = Bolt Diameter. See Chart on Page H-142.

Bucket Punching Chain


E BOLT DIA

C-977 C-188 C-102B C-110 C-111 SS-102B

K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2

1 1
3 7 3 3 7

114 134 134 2516 134 134

3 4316 5516 5516 614 5516 5516

234 2 338 218 2 338

8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3 3

4 8 4 4 8

3 3 3

Style AA, C, SC, etc.

Continuous High Speed Grain

SS-110

Bucket Size

Punch

C
1

75 95 96 11 6 12 6 14 7 Consult

B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B4

21116 3 8
5

134 1 4
3

4 4 4 4 4

358 3 338 3

2 2 2 2

16

Platforms Head section service platforms are of structural steel, angle hand rails and heavy non-skid grating. The platform mounts securely to the elevator head section. Various sizes and congurations are available. Rest platforms are also available and required at 30 intervals. Ladders/Safety Cages Ladders with safety cages are available. They are constructed of heavy gauge steel and sized to provide easy access to platforms. Ladders with safety cage are easily bolted to the elevator casings.

Martin for AC and SC Bucket Punching.

H-141
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Formulas for Calculating Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain or Belt
Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100
Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.
Elevator Number Buckets Style AA Malleable Size (Inches) 43 64 85 85 85 85 85 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 12 7 12 7 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 16 8 16 8 Spacing (Inches) 9 4 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 16 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 19 18
1

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Quantity Size (Inches)
1 1

Chain Attachment Every _ Link K1- 4th K1-5th K2-4th K2-4th K2-4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd Length (Feet) 2.31 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.79 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.55 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets)

Number C-77 C-188 C-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-111 SS-110

C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134

1.5 + (2.58 Shaft Ctrs) 4.4 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 2.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.79 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.74 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.48 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.51 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)

4 1 4 1 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114
3

Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100


Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Belt.
Elevator Number Buckets Style AA Malleable Size (Inches) 43 64 64 85 85 10 6 10 6 12 7 Staggered 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 Spacing (Inches) 8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 16 18 18 18 18 18 Quantity 3.12 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.85 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 3.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.13 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.53 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 6.28 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.31 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) Size (Inches) 4 1 4 1 4 1 1 4 114 1 4 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 112
1 1 1

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets)

Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt 6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) Length (Feet) 5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 15 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

B43-139 B64-140 B64-141 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 B127S-146S B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152

16 112 16 112 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112


5 5 5

CONVEYORS

Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700


Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.
Elevator Number Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Size (Inches) 8 5 734 8 5 734 10 5 734 10 5 734 10 7 1158 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158 Spacing (Inches) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Quantity 6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Size (Inches) 8 114 8 114 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114
3 3 3

Chain Attachment Every _ Link K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd Length (Feet) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Quantity 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets)

Number C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 SS-110 SS-110

C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C168-783

Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700


Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.
Elevator Number Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Size (Inches) 8 5 7 4 10 5 734 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158
3

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Size (Inches) 4 4 16 1 16 1 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114
1 3 5 5 5

Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) Width (Inches) 9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) Length (Feet) 8 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Spacing (Inches) 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Quantity 7.88 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.96 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Quantity 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets)

B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B183-798

If answer is a fraction, go to next whole number. Consult

Martin for units not shown.

H-142
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

High Speed Grain Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 500


Elevator Number Maximum Capacity BPH CFH2 Size Bucket1 Spacing Head Shaft RPM Maximum Centers (Ft.) Pulley Dia.1 Face1 Width1 Belt Head Shaft Diameter1 FPM 11516 2316 2716 21516 3716

B75-506 B75-508 B95-514 B95-515 B96-526 B96-528 B116-536 B116-538 B126-546 B126-548 B147-556 B147-558
1

1580 1800 2438 2779 3969 4524 4372 4930 4800 5413 7111 7881

1965 2240 3033 3458 4937 5628 5438 6134 5971 6734 8846 9805
2

75 75 95 95 96 96 11 6 11 6 12 6 12 6 14 7 14 7

8 7 8 7 8 7 9 8 9 8 10 9

80 80 75 75 70 70 70 70 70 70 63 63

24 24 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 42 42

9 9 11 11 11 11 13 13 14 14 16 16

8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 13 13 15 15

502 502 589 589 659 659 659 659 659 659 659 659

65 60 40 40 34 30

85 85 75 65 70 60

112 112 88 85 90 80 52 50 45 45 30 25

140 130 110 95 83 80 75 75 50 40

140 130 125 125 90 85

Dimensions are in inches. BPH 1.24 = CFH.

Based on 75% full bucket.

As Reqd

Dimensions1 (In Inches)


Elevator Number A B C D E F H J K N* Q R T V W Y Z1 A1 Boot Shaft A2 Diameter

Shaft Centers

Lift Sway Brace

B75-506 and B75-508 B95-514 and B95-515 B96-526 and B96-528 B116-536 and B116-538 B126-546 and B126-548 B147-556 and B147-558

41 912 11 44 14 3812 3312 3058 3478 9 32 1234 6 2312 20 40 1212 11 10

112

47

11 13 50 16 4612 41

3558 4158 10 38 1434 6 2912 22 45 1512 13 13

112

49

11 13 52 16 4712 42

3658 4258 13 40 1434 6 2912 22 45 1512 13 13

112

56 1212 15 59 18 5618 4718 4458 4934 13 47 1634 6 3512 27 51 19 15 15

56 1212 16 59 19 5618 4718 4458 4934 13 47 1734 6 3512 27 51 19 16 15

63

13 18 65 21 6858 53
1

5558 5734 15 52 1934 6 4112 33 57 2512 18 17

*Approximate.
9 Take-Up

Not certied for construction.

13

16 Anchor Bolt Plan

H-143
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Drag Conveyors
Drag Conveyors Section VII

SECTION VII
DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII
Safety..................................................................................................................................... H-145 Round Bottom Drag Conveyor ............................................................................................... H-146 Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor ................................................................................................... H-149 L & S Path Drag Conveyor..................................................................................................... H-153
CONVEYORS

H-144

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Safety
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. Additional information shall be obtained by the purchaser from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Standard ANSI B20.1; Standard ANSI B15.1; Standard ANSI A12.1; Standard ANSI Z535.4-1992; Standard ANSI Z244.1. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin, in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute Safety Code.

Precautions:
1. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees. 2. Drag Conveyors shall not be operated unless the conveyor housing completely encloses the conveyor moving elements and power transmission guards are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection, cleaning or observation, the motor driving the conveyor is to be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone, however remote from the area, unless the conveyor housing has been closed and all other guards are in place. 3. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance to ANSI standard B20.1. 4. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches, the grating opening must not exceed 12 inch by 1 inch. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in contact with moving parts of the equipment. SOLID COVERS should be used at all other points and must be designed and installed so that personnel will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment. 5. All rotating equipment such as drives, gears, shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and good practice. 6. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and good practices. 7. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment. 8. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. Clear access to these controls and devices must be maintained. 9. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices, covers, guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning must be performed. 10. Do not walk on conveyor covers, gratings or guards. 11. Do not poke or prod material in the conveyor. 12. Do not place hands, feet or any part of the body or clothing in the conveyor or opening. 13. Do not overload conveyor or attempt to use it for other than its intended use. 14. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the conveyor. 15. Before power is connected to the drive, a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all guards are in place and secure. 16. Drag conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, Martin should be consulted prior to any modications. All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival. Do not attempt to install a damaged item or conveyor. All drag conveyors shop assembled by Martin Sprocket and Gear Inc., have warning labels afxed in many easily seen locations. If the equipment exterior is painted, coated or altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175F or if a change in the original intended use of the equipment is considered, the Conveyor Division shall be consulted before modications are made. Additional stickers are available upon request. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. Martin encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.
CVS930010

Exposed conveyors and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing

Prominently Display In Work Areas

Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard

Walking or Standing on Conveyor Covers or Gratings can cause Serious Injury or Death

CHS930001

CHS990026

STAY OFF
H-145

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor


BOLTED COVER UHMW FLIGHT

UHMW FORMED FLANGE IDLER SPROCKET TROUGH 9" THRU 24" ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36

Idler Return
BOLTED COVER UHMW FLIGHT RAIL RETURN

Round Bottom Tail Take-up

FORMED FLANGE TROUGH 9" THRU 24"

OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP

CONVEYORS

ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36

Rail Return

Self-Cleaning Tail Standard Features Bolted Flanged Covers Welded Steel Chain Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heavy Duty Form Flange Trough Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate Popular Options By-Pass Inlets Hip Roof Cover Self-Cleaning Tail Section Intermediate Discharge Bend Section Flight Saver Idler Return System Optional A.R. Wear Strip Split Sprockets
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Head Take-up
H-146
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor


ROUND BOTTOM CONVEYOR

Capacity FPM/RPM
100 FPM Series Size CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200FPM

NOTES:
1. Capacities are based on 100% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.

900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

9 12 14 16 18 20 24

2040 3475 4750 6050 8100 10500 14800

33 33 33 32 32 23 23

2600 4300 5900 7600 10150 13000 18150

41 41 40 40 40 29 29

3050 5200 7100 9150 12300 15650 22000

50 50 50 48 48 35 35

3500 6075 8300 10600 14300 18200 25750

58 58 58 56 56 40 40

4080 6950 9500 12100 16200 21000 29600

66 66 66 64 64 46 46

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights


Series Adj. Tail Weight1 Bypass Weight Fixed Head Weight Standard Duty Intermediate Weight2 Speciic DutyWeight3
3

Cover

900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

16 16 16 16 16
1

367 394 412 475 575 856 899

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

89 127 140 160 238 295 370

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

187 210 221 257 281 486 665

14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga.

185 285 310 365 507 578 742

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

255 420 460 520 640 705 870

14 ga. 14 ga.

14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga.

4 4

NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts, and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails and bolted covers.

6", 30", and 36" Drag conveyors are also available upon request. Please contact Martin for quote.

Martin has designed its Round Bottom with the


user in mind. We have incorporated larger heattreated sprockets into our designs to reduce noise, vibration and chordal action while increasing chain and sprocket life. Our goal is to reduce maintenance and operating costs for the user. We offer the Martin Round Bottom Drag with

either a rail return or optional Flight Saver Idler return system. Both systems assure long life and quiet operation. All drag ights are a (food safe) white UHMW polyethylene material attached to welded steel chain, with exception of the 6" drag conveyor which uses combination chain.
H-147

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

14 ga.

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor


C ( TAKE- UP ) D K J FLOW DIRECTION
NOTE : DRIVE NEAR SIDE

.
E F
SAFETY STICKER

H B

BY-PASS INLET

SERIES

900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

38 38 38 38 38 41 41

18 20 20 24 24 29 34

9 9 9 9 9 12 12

1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 16 16

2158 2334 24 26 2712 3314 3612

1118 1414 1634 1918 2158 24 29

3316 21516 3316 3516 31116 414 5716

9 10 10 12 22 1412 17

9516 91316 10 516 11516 111316 1478 151316

36 36 36 36 24 24 24

18 21 23 25 27 29 33

13 13 13 13 13 16 16

938 1214 1312 1478 16 1914 20

8 38 912 1034 1178 1314 1478 18116

2078 2438 2438 2838 29 34 39

1513 1513 1513 1614 16 2012 2058

13516 13516 13516 1414 1414 1812 1858

CONVEYORS
SERIES A B
7

( J ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

D E F E D C H B A

900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

10 13 15 17 19 21 25

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

1 114 114 114 1 4


1

4 518 312 334 4 16


3

312 4 4 8
3

4 514 312 4 4 8
3

4 514 514 358 358 4 6 2


1

18 20 20 24 24 29 34

2 2 2 2 2 4 4

112 1 2
1

478 5 8
5

434 5 8
5

434 5 2
1

NOTE: Dimensions not certied for construction.

BY-PASS INLET, HEAD & INTERMEDIATE DISCHARGE WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDER LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury.
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-148
PREVIOUS PAGE

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor


BOLTED COVER UHMW FLIGHT

RAIL RETURN

OPTIONAL BOLTED LINER

OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP

FLAT BOLTED BOTTOM WITH OPTION OF A.R.

Rail Return

Flat Bottom Tail Take-Up

Standard Features
Bolted Replaceable Bottom Bolted Flanged Covers Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate

Popular Options
Intermediate Discharge Liners of Various Materials A.R. Steel Bottom Plate Controlled Feed Inlets Split Sprockets Self-Cleaning Tail

Super Duty Conveyor


*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-149
NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

Flat Bottom Conveyor


1 FPM SERIES CFH 100 FPM CFH RPM 125 FPM CFH RPM 150 FPM CFH RPM 175 FPM CFH RPM 200 FPM CFH RPM

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

28.13 54.38 68.25 78.75 89.25 96.19 111.56 121.13 133.88 159.38

2,813 5,438 6,825 7,875 8,925 9,619 11,156 12,113 13,388 15,938

37 27 27 27

3,516 6,798 8,531 9,844

46 34 34 34 34 34 29 29 29 29

4,220 8,157 10,238 11,813 13,388 14,429 16,734 18,170 20,082 23,907

55 40 40 40 40 40 34 34 34 34

4,923 9,517 11,944 13,781 15,619 16,833 19,523 21,198 23,429 27,892

65 47 47 47 47 47 40 40 40 40

5,626 10,876 13,650 15,750 17,850 19,238 22,312 24,226 26,776 31,876

74 54 54 54 54 54 46 46 46 46

27 11,156 27 12,024 23 13,945 23 15,141 23 16,735 23 19,923

NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on 90% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. 4. Capacities at 90% bed depth. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application. NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails, and bolted covers. Warning And Safety Reminder LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury.

MATERIAL THICKNESS & APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS INTERMEDIATE SERIES ADJ. TAIL WGT. HEAD WGT. STD. DUTY WGT. COVER

1809

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16

333 432 454 467 482 497 642 655 690 749

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16

206 277 306 315 322 335 438 452 485 613

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA.

403 460 492 514 532 544 655 679 703 745

14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA.

CONVEYORS

2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

Martin offers a complete line of standard Flat


Bottom Drags to handle capacities up to 31,876 CFH. Martin Super Duty Flat Bottom drags have been successfully used in applications with conveyors reaching lengths of over 660 feet and large capacities. The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is constructed with heavy-duty formed channel sides,
H-150
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

with replaceable bolted bottoms and covers. The replaceable rail return system is offered with an optional rail liner when wear is a concern. The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is especially suited for handling free owing grains. When heavier abrasive materials need to be conveyed, contact Martin about our Mill Duty Drag conveyor with Forged Chain.
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor


FLOW DIRECTION
C ( TAKE - UP ) D K J

.
SAFETY STICKER

NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE

.
L A M G H B

F P

Flat Intermediate
F G H I J K L M N P

SERIES

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37

25 25 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1812 2412 2412 2412 2412 2412 2912 2912 2912 2912

1414 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2514 2514 2514 2514

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

17 34 15 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 2012 2012 2012 2012

714 10 18 10 18 10 18 10 18 10 18 12 58 12 58 12 58 12 58

30 30 35 35 35 35 41 41 41 41

16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

10 10 13 15 17 19 17 19 21 25

9 38 9 38 1214 1312 1478 16 1478 16 1914 20

9 16 16 16 16 16 1912 1912 1912 1912

( L) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

C D E I F E D Q C

( H ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

M N P N M C

Head & Intermediate Discharge


SERIES A B C D E F G H I J

Standard Inlet
K L M N P Q
7

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

7 7 10 12 14 15 14 15 17 21

16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31

1 1 114 114 114 112 112 112 112 112

412 412 4 412 314 312 314 312 4 334

*** *** *** *** 314 312 314 312 4 334

*** *** *** *** 314 312 314 312 4 334

3 3 414 514 314 5 314 5 6 5

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4

10 10 13 15 17 19 17 19 21 25

25 25 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36

312 312 414 414 414 414 412 412 412 412

3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5

4 4 518 312 334 4716 334 4716 478 5 58

*** *** *** 312 4 438 4 438 434 512

4 4 514 312 4 438 4 438 434 512

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-151
HOME

PREVIOUS PAGE

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

Mill Duty Conveyor Standard Features Forged Chain and Steel Flights A.R. Steel Return Tray or Rail Return System Spring Loaded Take-up Split Sprockets Popular Options A.R. Steel Side Liners By-pass Inlet Self-cleaning Tail The Martin Mill Duty Drag is designed for handling heavy and abrasive materials, such as limestone, aggregate, and sand. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
Capacities and Speeds
FPM SERIES CFH 1200 MD 1600 MD 2000 MD 2400 MD 58 96 130 192 CFH 1400 2400 3250 4800 RPM 8 7.5 5 5 CFH 2800 4800 6500 9600 RPM 16 15 10 10 25 FPM 50 FPM

Warning And Safety Reminder LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury.

CONVEYORS

Special Application Drag


H-152
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Martin-Built Take-up
SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

L-Path Drag Conveyor


Series 1FPM CFH CFH 50 FPM RPM 75 FPM CFH RPM 100 FPM CFH RPM

57 610 913 1020 1224 1236 1342

12 20 35 58 87 129 150

600 1000 1750 2900 4350 6450 7500

17 11 8 11 11 10 10

900 1500 2625 4350 6525 9675 11250

26 16-1/2 12 16-1/2 16-1/2 15 15

1200 2000 3500 5800 8700 12900 15000

35 22 16 22 22 20 20

L-Path Conveyor

Single Chain Conguration

S-Path Conveyor NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on the handling of non-abrasive materials (as listed). Cotton Seed Hulls Cotton Seed Meal Delinted Cotton Seed Ground Feed Whole Soybeans Hot Soybean Meal Whole Corn Whole Rice 2. CAUTION should be observed when handling ne granular materials (as listed). Wheat Flour Sugar Powdered Lime Starch Carbon Black Soda Ash
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Double Chain Conguration CHAIN FEATURES Welded Steel or Forged Chain UHMW Flights Jig Welded Attachments Heavy Duty Backing Plates

Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
H-153
EXIT NEXT PAGE

SEC A INDEX

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

L-Path Drag Conveyor


J N

L-Path Conveyor

Series

610

913

1020

1224

1236

1342

10'-0" STANDARD

A B C D E F G I J K L N P Q

68 29 12 2 14-1/2 3 82 36 32 18-3/4 11 4-1/8 21-1/2 36-1/8

89 37 12 2 20 3 108 42 38 22-1/2 14 4-1/8 25 42-1/8

96 35 12 2 22-1/4 6 108 54 40 28-1/2 21 4-1/8 25 44-1/8

96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 116 60 44 32-1/2 25 4-1/8 29 48-1/8

96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 116 60 44 44-1/2 37 4-1/8 29 48-1/8

96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 116 60 44 50-1/2 43 4-1/8 29 48-1/8

P
Q
G RA

Consult factory for information on 57 Series and other sizes.


Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

10'-0" STANDARD

A C ( TAKE UP )

F D E

DI US

Standard Inlet
P I (H ) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS I C

Head Discharge 45 90
(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS P C P

Head Discharge 0 45
(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS P C

D E F E A

L M (N) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS M J

T S (U) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS S T G K G K R

D L C B G C

SERIES

G
7

I
U

CONVEYORS
610 913 1020 1224 1236 1342

7 10 17 21 33 38

16 18 27 31 43 48

1 114 112 112 112 112

412 4 4 434 412 512

*** *** 4 434 6 6

*** 412 4 5 6 6

16 16 16 16 16 16

2 2 3 4 6 7

3 414 6 5 5 412

1834 22 12 29 33 45 51

36 42 54 60 60 60

438 438 4 *** *** 412

*** 434 *** *** *** 412

2 1 4 6 8 6

4 414 412 412 412 412

5 6 8 9 9 9

11 14 21 25 37 43

*** 434 412 *** *** 4

312 312 412 5 5 4

312 1 1 3 5 5

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-154
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Vertical Screw Elevator


SECTION VIII
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII
Warning and Safety Reminder ...........................................................H-156 Introduction ........................................................................................H-157 Screw Elevator Types ........................................................................H-158 Standard Components .......................................................................H-159 Standard Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity ..................................H-160 Type B Dimensions ............................................................................H-161 Super Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity .......................................H-162 Super Screw Drive Unit ......................................................................H-163 Super Screw Elevator Dimensions.....................................................H-164

Standard Screw Elevator

H-155
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Warning & Safety Reminder


Martin does not install conveyor; consequently
it is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. 1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1-1993, with special attention given to section 6.12. 3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. 4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. 7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. 14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, should be consulted prior to any modications. insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped. Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. The label shown below has been reduced in size. The actual size is printed next to the label. For more detailed instructions and information, please request a free copy of our Screw Conveyor Safety, Installation, Operation, Maintenance Instructions. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.

CONVEYORS

WARNING
PROMINENTLY DISPLAY IN WORK AREAS

CVS930011

Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing CHS930001

Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard

H-156

ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3"


PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2"


SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Elevator Martin


For over fifty years,

Screw Elevators

Martin

Standard Screw Elevators have been suc-

cessfully elevating a wide range of materials. In 1956, we added the heavier duty Superscrew Elevator, giving our customers the ability to elevate larger capacities to greater heights. The

Martin

Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range of

bulk materials in a relatively small space. If a material can be classified as very free flowing or free flowing, it can probably be elevated in a Screw Elevator. We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several different drive arrangements to meet our customers individual requirements.

Martin

has an experienced staff in over twenty locations

throughout the U.S.A. and Canada that can help you design the right screw elevator for your application. We have the capability of manufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U.S.A. Contact your nearest

Martin

facility with your application information and

we will design the right elevator for your needs.


CONVEYORS
Type 4 Superscrew Elevator

Partial Material List


Alfalfa Meal Barley, Malted Bone Meal Cement Coffee Corn Meal Cotton Seed Cryolite Flours Grains Hops Ice Kaolin Clay Lead Oxide Lime Malt Mica Milk, Dried Mixed Feeds Mustard Seed Oats Paper Pulp Peanuts Resin Rubber, Ground Salt Sawdust Screened Wood Chips Shellac, Powder Soda Ash Soybean Meal Sugar Sunower Seeds Tobacco Wheat Wood Flour

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-157
NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Elevator Martin


Screw Elevators

To help better meet the needs of our customers, we offer both the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators in sixteen different types. The different types allow us to vary the drive location, discharge location and feed arrangement. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw elevator drive. The

Martin

Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled, match-marked and

disassembled prior to shipment. All need lateral support when installed.

Martin

Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and only

The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and are specically designed for use with our screw elevators. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrangement for lighter duty applications.

Standard Screw Elevator Types

CONVEYORS

Type B Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type BO Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type AF1 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. w/4-0 Feeder And Drive

Type AF2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive

Type EAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type HAF2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive

Type GAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head w/4-0 Feeder And Drive

Type IAF-2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

SuperScrew Elevator Types

Type 1 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type 2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type 3 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. w/4-0 Feeder And Drive

Type 4 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive

Type 5 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type 6 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type 7 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head w/4-0 Feeder And Drive

Type 8 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive

NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specied.

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

H-158
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Elevator
All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which are checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. When handling free owing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the elevator increases. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing materials to meet our customers requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze, UHMW, and others. Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with split intermediate housing to allow easier maintenance.

Standard Screw Thrust Unit

Martins specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product degradation. The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has a shroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area. The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufactured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.

Stabilizer Bearing Used on Standard Screw Elevator

Clearance Between Screw and Housing


Gauge of Housing Type of Housing Size Clearance Intermediate Top and Bottom Sections Intermediate Top and Bottom Sections

Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance

14 14 12 12 10 10

14 14 12 12 10 10

14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10

10 10
3

16 2

Standard Screw Pedestal Base


9

16 16 16 16 16 16

16 2

12

16 2

16

16

Standard Screw Thrust Head

H-159
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Standard Elevator

Superscrew Elevator

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Standard Screw Elevator


The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., and 12 dia. sizes. With complete information, Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application.

Martin Standard Screw Elevator Speed / Capacity


Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour

112

2:1

1.4:1

112

2:1

1.4:1

12

2:1

2:1

200 215 275 170 200 230 155 165 200

400 430 550 340 400 460 310 330 400

280 301 385 238 280 322 310 330 400

165 177 226 139 163 187 147 156 189

360 400 500 1100 1300 1500 2700 3000 3600

For speeds in excess or less than shown, consult

Martin .

The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efficiently with the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontal to vertical. The input shaft can be driven in either direction, and the input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feeder or discharge conveyor. Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator, feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one power source. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the elevator and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. A bottom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator and feeder are driven from one power source. The drives are designed and constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator.
Oil Level Grease Level Housing Length = Lift +U Screw Length = Lift +V

Bolts

CONVEYORS

Bolts

Grease Cavity

SEE PAGE

Dimensions in Inches
Ratio Size Top Drive Bottom Drive A Top Drive B Bottom Drive C E F G H J L

Oil Level
T Bolts M N P Q R S No. Recd Size
3 3 1

U B & BO All Other Types

V All Types

6* 9 12

2:1 2:1 2:1

1.4:1 1.4:1 2:1

112 112 2

2 2 2

112 112 2

5 1312 14 5 1312 14 5 1312 14

1514 1514 1514

758 5 478

41516 41516 41516

7 10 13

414 414 5

412 111132 338 31316 1314 412 111132 338 31316 1314 5916 14716 378 4916 1314

4 8 8

8-16 NC 8-16 NC 2-13 NC

1678 2112 26

2318 2734 3134

658 834 1234

*258 lg. adapter for 6 head not illustrated

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-160
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Standard Screw Elevator


Type B Type BO

Lift

Lift

Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only. This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left, unless otherwise specied. See page H-158 for typical elevator arrangements.

Type BO
Size of Elevator A B C D F G H J K L M N P R S

6 9 12

6 512 8

8 1118 14 4
1

9 9 15

434 614 8

5 5 5

1312 1312 13 2
1

14 14 14

2 2 2

41516 41516 4 16
15

23 25 29

12 14 18

758 5 4 8
7

512 718 8 4
3

1138 1138 14 16
7

112 112 2

Type B
Size of Elevator A B C F G H J K L M N P

6 9 12

6 512 8

8 1118
1

9 9

5 5 5

1312 1312 13 2
1

14 14 14

2 2 2

41516 41516 4 16
15

23 25 29

12 14 18

758 5 4 8
7

512 718 834

14 4 15 Dimensions in Inches

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-161
HOME

PREVIOUS PAGE

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Super Screw Elevator


The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., 12 dia., and 16 dia. sizes.

Martin SuperScrew Elevator Speed / Capacity


Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour

5 200 215

6 400 430 550 660 Up to 850 340 400 460 480 Up to 850 310 330 400 420 Up to 850 319 340 412 433 Up to 876 284 309 332 Up to 876

7 400 430 550 660 Up to 850 340 400 460 480 Up to 850 310 330 400 420 Up to 850 319 340 412 433 Up to 876 284 309 332 Up to 876

8 165 177 226 272

9 360 400 500 600

112

2:1

2:1

275 330 Up to 425 170 200

139 163 187 196

1100 1300 1500 1600

2:1

2:1

230 240 Up to 425 155 165

147 156 189 199

2800 3000 3600 3800

2716

2:1

2:1

200 210 Up to 425 155 165

12

151 161 195 205

2800 3000 3600 3800

CONVEYORS
16

2716 3

2.06:1

2.06:1

200 210 Up to 425 138 150

132 144 155

6000 6500 7000

2.06:1

2.06:1

161 Up to 425

Consult . For speeds in excess or less than those shown, consult

Martin

Martin.

Type 7 Superscrew Elevator

Elevator Offset to the Right of Inlet

Straight Inlet

Elevator Offset to the Left of Inlet

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

H-162
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Super Screw Elevator


SuperScrew Elevator D.S.D. (Dry Shaft Drive)

Housing & Screw Length = Lift + M

Bolts

DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design and construction concept especially developed to enable the SuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screw elevators. The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions encountered in vertical installations and may be installed in the range of 70 to 90 incline. If a smaller angle of incline is required, special units may be furnished. A patented lubrication system precisely meters the proper amount of lubricant to those points where needed with no danger of damaging seals. DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the bottom of the elevator. The top drive incorporates special design features to assure that no lubricant may pass into the elevator to contaminate the material being elevated. In the bottom drive unit other special features prevent entrance of foreign material into lubricant.
D Size Ratio A B C Top Bottom E F G H K No. Size
3 3 1 1 1 1

DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with a pedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head. The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of head room providing maximum lift with minimum overall elevator height. CONVEYORS DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads encountered and to support the entire weight of elevators and materials handled.
L M

6 9 12

2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1

112 2 2716 2716 3 3

158 158 158 158 2 16


3

4 4 4 414 4 4
1

434 434 478 478 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1

618 618 618 678 6 8


7

12 12 12 1258 12 8
5

712 712 712 714 7 4


1

1018 1314 1614 1714 17 8


3

8 8 8 8 8 12

8 8 2 2 2 2

1214 1314 1814 1814 1814 2414

16

2.06:1

2316

414

678

1258

714

2014

Spider Type Stabilizer Used on SuperScrew


Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

SuperScrew Thrust Head

SuperScrew Pedestal Base

H-163
HOME

PREVIOUS PAGE

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Super Screw Elevator Dimensions


Type 1 Type 2

Dia.

Dia.

Lift

Lift

CONVEYORS

Normally Furnished Offset to the Left

Type 1
Size of Elevator Vert. Shaft Dia. Ratio B C E G J K L M N O P S V X Z

6 9 12

16

112 2 2716 2716 3 3

2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1

412 618 734 734 734 1058

1012 12 15 15 15 20

16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1

4 4 4 414 414 414

158 158 158 2316 2316 2316

634 634 634 71516 71516 71516

2634 2814 3214 3438 3438 3978

7 10 13 13 13 17

612 612 612 714 714 714

434 434 434 434 434 5

5 878 878 878 878 1118

838 778 878 9 9 912

1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18

1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738

112 112 2 2 2 3

Type 2
Size of Elevator Vert. Shaft Dia. Ratio B C D E G J K L M N O P S V X Z

6 9 12 16

112 2 2716 2716 3 3

2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1

412 618 734 734 734 1058

1012 12 15 15 15 20

434 614 8 8 8 1012

16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1

4 4 4 414 414 414

158 158 158 2316 2316 2316

634 634 634 71516 71516 71516

2334 2514 2914 3138 3138 3634

7 10 13 13 13 17

612 612 612 714 714 714

434 434 434 434 434 5

5 878 878 878 878 1118

838 778 878 9 9 912

1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18

1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738

112 112 2 2 2 3

Dimensions in Inches Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder. Consult Martin before using.

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

H-164
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Modular Plastic Screw


SECTION IX
MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW SECTION IX
Introduction .............................................................................................................................H-165 Warning and Safety Reminder ................................................................................................H-166 Technical and Design Data .....................................................................................................H-167

Another their business.

Martin patented Innovation. Well give your customers another reason to give you
Plastic modules consist of a helical ight spiraling once around a hollow square hub. Eliminates need to spot or continuously weld metal ights to shaft. Polyurethane - used where impact/abrasive wear is a problem. Lab tests show it up to 3 times more wear resistant than carbon or stainless steel in certain applications. All-plastic material does not corrode, is impervious to acids, caustics and other chemicals. Durable, lightweight injection-molded modules stack on square tube. Polypropylene - general purpose material for high temperature service. FDA approved for food contact. Highly resistant to corrosion. Modules are individually replaceable without welding or burning. Assembled conveyor is comparatively lightweight, easier to handle, and bearing life is prolonged. Polyethylene - general purpose material. FDA approved for food contact. Good abrasive and excellent corrosion resistance in a wide temperature range. Slick surface simplies cleaning.
CONVEYORS

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-165
NEXT PAGE

PREVIOUS PAGE

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Warning & Safety Reminder


WARNING & SAFETY REMINDER
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all time. Most accidents are the results of carelessness or negligence. All rotating power transmission products are potentially dangerous and must be guarded by the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user as required by applicable laws, regulations, standards, and good safety practice. Additionally specic information must be obtained from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers; (ANSI) Safety Code. A copy of this standard may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers at 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 (212-7057722). It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user to install, maintain, and operate the parts or components manufactured and supplied by Martin Sprocket & Gear, Inc., in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety Act and with all state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

CAUTION
Guards, access doors, and covers must be securley fastened before operating any equipment. If parts are to be inspected, cleaned, observed, or general maintenance performed, the motor driving the part or components is to be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be started by anyone, however remote from the area. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or property damage.
CONVEYORS

WARNING
Warning: Static Electricity Static Electricity may accumulate on modular plastic conveyor screws which carry non-conductive materials and may produce an electrical spark. Do Not Use to Convey Non-Conductive Materials in a Combustible Environment.

H-166
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Modular Plastic Screw Conveyors - Design Data


to Screw Conveyor Problems
Currently available in 6, 9 and 12 diameters, in right hand only. Assembled conveyors compatible with CEMA standards; easily retrotted. Flight modules available in polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyurethane, each with characteristics to ll specic needs (see Technical Data). Flights and hubs are integrally molded, resulting in consistent diameter, pitch and thickness with a uniform, smooth nish. Plastic modules eliminate metal contamination to food. Assembled conveyor is light in weight, is safe and easy to handle; bearing life is prolonged. Plastic ights may operate at close clearances, or when conveying many materials, directly on the trough without danger of metal contamination. Modules are individually replaceable. Balance is excellent allowing high speed operation.
SOURCE METAL TUBE

Martin Solutions

A. All-plastic screw module B. Square metal tube C. Standard coupling tail and drive shaft D. Retainer ring and washer E. Recessed thrust pin F. Close coupling shaft

E D

E D

F
The Martin Screw Conveyor System consists of plastic modules stacked on a square metal tube. A shaft is inserted at each tube end and secured by a recessed pin. Modules are secured at tube ends by retainer rings and washers.
END OF PLASTIC FLIGHTS THRUST PIN HOLE COUPLING BOLT HOLES

6"
To recieve output shaft from reducer or customer's drive shaft

EXTERNAL ADAPTOR FOR STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CONSTRUCTION

MOUNTED SCREW CONVEYOR

PITCH SHAFT DIAMETER

CONVEYOR DIAMETER

END CONSTRUCTION
DRIVE OR TAIL SHAFT EXTENSION RETAINING RING SPECIFIED LENGTH PLASTIC MODULE SQUARE METAL TUBE

DIAMETER

AVAILABLE SHAFTS

WEIGHT PER FOOT FULL PITCH SHORT PITCH

6" 1-1/2", 2" 4.1 lb 4.3 lb 9" 1-1/2", 2" 4.5 lb 5.2 lb 12" 2", 2-7/16" 8.0 lb 9.5 lb 14" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE 16" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE Weights shown as for polyethylene or polypropylene on stainless steel tube, polyurethane approximately 10% heavier. PITCH FLIGHT HUB DIAMETER

WASHER SQUARE PORTION OF SHAFT


DIAMETER FULL SHORT FLIGHT PITCH PITCH THICKNESS

INTERIOR THRUST PIN


OUTSIDE INSIDE HUB HUB

FLIGHT THICKNESS

6" 9" 12" 14" 16"

9.05" 9.05" 11.72"

4.53" .25" 2.51" 2.03" 4.53" .25" 2.51" 2.03" 5.86" .34" 3.17" 2.53" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

MODULES

H-167
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Technical & Design Data


Screw Conveyor Capacities
CUBIC FEET PER HOUR PER R.P.M. FULL PITCH HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR LOAD DIAMETER PITCH FULL 45% 30%

Horsepower Ratings
DIA. SHAFT RATINGS FOR CARBON STEEL SHAFT AND TUBE 50 R.P. M. 75 R.P.M. 100 R.P.M. 150 R.P.M.

6-9 6-9 12 12 14 14 16

1-1/2 2 2 2-7/16 2-7/16 3 3

3.4 5.6 8.0 9.1

5.1 8.4 12.0 13.6

6.8 11.2 16.0 18.2

10.1 16.8 24.0 27.3

6 9 12 14 16

9 9 12 14 16

5.72 2.75 1.72 16.73 7.53 5.02 39.27 17.67 11.78 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Maximum Recommended Conveyor Speed / Horizontal Operation / R.P.M.


DIA. SHAFT TYPE OF INTERMEDIATE BEARING WOOD, NYLATRON, BRONZE CLOSE COUPLED*

NOTE: The above limitations are based on Martin modular plastic construction throughout. The use of coupling bolts, as required for an external adaptor, may reduce horsepower capacity.

6 9 9 12 12 14 14 16

1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2-7/16 2-7/16 3 3

165 90 165 80 150 80 145 70 140 70 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Materials of Construction
POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE

FDA Approved Abrasive Resistance Corrosive Resistance Impact Resistance Temperature Limit Release

Yes Good Excellent Good Excellent

Yes Fair Excellent Fair Good

No Excellent Good Excellent Good

* Close coupled limitations apply to screw lengths over 12 ft. (for 6 and 9 dia.) or 15 ft. (for 12 dia). For longer lengths or units without intermediate bearing supports, locate end bearing no more than 3-1/8 (for 6 size); 4-5/8 (for 9 size); or 6-1/8 (for 12 size); centers above the inside bottom of the conveyor trough.

-60 to +150 F -40 to +220 F -20 to +150

Note: Release pertains to the capability of conveying sticky products.

Design Data for Bonded Construction


CONVEYORS
Bonded Construction is used in the handling of a nished food product or for the conveying of any product in which it is necessary to guard against material entering the internal clearances between the modules or into the inside of the square tube. The hubs of the individual modules are heat fused together, the ends of the ights may be fused or may be cut to create a clean out gap, usually 1/8 to 1/4 wide. The ends are capped and tted with an O ring to seal around the shaft. The cap may be of alternate construction as detailed below. Bonded Construction has USDA acceptance for use as a component part of food processing equipment in federally inspected meat and poultry processing plants.

SQUARE METAL TUBE

FLAT END CAP

RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW

SQUARE METAL TUBE

TROUGH END PLATE EXTENDED END CAP

RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW

PLASTIC MODULE

PLASTIC MODULE SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH DRIVE OR TAIL SHAFT EXTENSION

4"

SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH AT MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE

DRIVE, TAIL OR COUPLING SHAFT EXTENSION

AT MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE

FLAT END CAPS


Flat End Caps are the basic construction for conveying nished food products. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed. If used with coupling shafts, the thrust bearing must be at the feed end of the conveyor assembly. Retaining ring may be eliminated in some applications depending upon length and temperature involved.

EXTENDED END CAPS


Extended End Caps are used in the handling of products which require a total elimination of cracks and crevices on the conveyor screw. This precludes the use of coupling shafts and therefore limits the unit to one conveyor length, a maximum of 20 feet. Retainer rings and shafts are entirely outside the product area. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed.

H-168
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaftless Screw Conveyors

SECTION X
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION X
Typical Applications ................................................................................................................H-170 Feature- Function & Benet ....................................................................................................H-170 Warning and Safety Reminder ................................................................................................H-171 Size and Capacity ...................................................................................................................H-172

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-169
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Shaftless Screw Conveyors


Typical Applications
Rendering Poultry Processing Meat Processing Fish Processing Chicken Feathers Whole Carcasses Animal Waste Fish/Animal Bones Pulp & Paper, Gypsum Board, Particle Board Lime Mud Oversized Wood Chips Agriculture Fertilizer Corn Gluten Hogged Bark Shavings Chopped Hay

Sugar Beets/Cane Processing

Hospital Waste Processing, Recycle Plants Shredded Cans Bottles Paper Medical Disposables Wine & Beverage Industries Grape Skins Stems Pumice Waste Water Solid Waste Treatment Sludge Grit Screenings Chemical & Heavy Industrial Ash Recycle Batteries
CONVEYORS H-170
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

Fruit Peels Solids Removal Shredded Tires

Carbon Black

FEATURE
Continuous Flight 3/4-1 Flight No Tail Seals or Tail Bearings Cold Formed Flight

FUNCTION
Eliminate Hangers Long Lasting Use Blind End Plate High Brinell Eliminate Buildup On Pipe

BENEFIT
Reduces Maintenance Costs Increases Uptime Reduces Maintenance Costs Longer Life Lower Maintenance/ Operation Costs Increases Screw Capacity Lower Installation Cost Reduces Headroom
NEXT PAGE

No Center Pipe Required

Can Handle Particle Sizes Up To 90% Of Spiral O.D. Allows Higher Trough Loading (45%-95%)

Side Inlet Feeding

No Vertical Transition Necessary

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Warning & Safety Reminder


Martin does not install conveyor; consequently
it is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the WilliamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. 1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1-1993, with special attention given to section 6.12. 3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. 4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. 7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. 14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, should be consulted prior to any modications. insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped. Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. The label shown below has been reduced in size. The actual size is printed next to the label. For more detailed instructions and information, please request a free copy of our Screw Conveyor Safety, Installation, Operation, Maintenance Instructions. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY IN WORK AREAS

CVS930011

Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing
CHS930001

Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard

ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3"


PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2"


SEC A INDEX
EXIT NEXT PAGE

H-171

CONVEYORS

WARNING

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Size and Capacity


Specications:
Type of Steel Capacity Diameter Pitches Trough Options Advantages
B

Carbon Steel High Brinell Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Up to 17,000 CFH 6 to 30 (and Larger) Full, 2/3, 1/2 CEMA Standards UHMW Liners, AR Liners, Rider Bars, Drive End Seals Spanning longer distances without intermediate bearings. Transport sticky products and large lumps.

45% Trough Loading


NOM. DIA. A B Dia. Inside C Pitch CFH* Full Pitch CFH* 2/3 Pitch CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM

95% Trough Loading


NOM. DIA. A Dia. B Inside C Pitch CFH* Full Pitch CFH* 2/3 Pitch CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 CONVEYORS

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

65 224 307 530 842 1256 1789 2455 4240 8283

43 149 205 353 561 837 1193 1637 2827 5522

33 112 154 265 421 628 895 1228 2120 4142

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

140 472 648 1119 1777 2652 3776 5180 8950 17485

93 315 432 746 1185 1766 2517 3453 5967 11657

70 236 324 560 889 1326 1888 2590 4475 8743

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

*CFH = Cubic Feet per hour. -**ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.

Quad Screw Feeder


WIDTH

95% Trough Loading


NOM DIA. WIDTH D CFH* Full Pitch CFH* 2/3 Pitch CFH* 1/2 Pitch MAX RPM

th ng or Le r y F ) ax to s M ac th 0 lt F eng 20 nsu er L Co ong ( L

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

28 40 44 52 60 68 76 84 100 124

352 1192 1636 2824 4488 6700 9540 13088 22612 44160

235 795 1091 1883 2992 4467 6360 8725 15075 29440

176 596 818 1412 2244 3350 4770 6544 11306 22080

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

*CFH = Cubic Feet per hour. -**ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.

H-172
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Vertical Screw Data Sheet


CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) TEMP _____F MOISTURE _________________% INLET CONFIGURATION (Indicate One): Elevator Straight Elevator Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right

FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MATL OF CONSTR: INSTALLATION: MILD STEEL T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER

NEW

REPLACEMENT

INDOORS

OUTDOORS V-BELTS CHAIN GUARD

DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ MOTOR: TEFC X-PROOF MAC

OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________ SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________ SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________ HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________ HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________ GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________ PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

H-173
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Screw Conveyor Data Sheet


CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ DIA. __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN INSTALLATION: IS IT? FEEDER INDOORS LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) OUTDOORS IS FEED? NEW REPLACEMENT MATL OF CONSTR.: MILD STEEL T304 T316 HD GALV OTHER _____ TEMP _____F MOISTURE _________________% HORIZ. INCL. __________ DECL. _____________

CONVEYOR

FLOOD LOAD

UNIFORM

FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________ DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

THROUGH: STYLE _________________ THK.______________________ DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________ GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________ THROUGH END TYPE: TAIL ____________________________________ THROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ___________________________________ BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________ SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________

COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________ HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________ DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________

CONVEYORS

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SKETCH (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

H-174
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Sample Work Sheet


Client: ________________________________________ Conveyor No.:__________________________________
Table 1-2

Date Quote Due:__________________________________ Inquiry No.: ______________________________________

_______ Dia. Length

L = _______________________

Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________ Component Series: ________________________________ Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________ Notes: __________________________________________
CFH CFH

Material: ______________________________________ Capacity:______________________________________ Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3 Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____

Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour)

= TPH x 2000
W

CFH = Bushels per Hour 1.24

Pounds per Hour W

Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5

Equivalent Capacity

Reqd Capacity CF1 CF2 CF3 = __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ CFH
Table 1-6

Equivalent Capacity

Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from at max RPM column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity Screw RPM = N = ____________ =
Table 1-7 Equivalent Capacity Capacity at one RPM for diameter selected

Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter.
Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17

Fd
HPf = ( L )( N )( Fd )( Fb 0000000001,000,0000000000 HPm = ( C )( L )( W )( Ff )( Fm )(

Fb

Ff

Fp

e
NOTE: Consult factory for feeder horsepower

) = ____________ Fp

) = ____________

00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000 If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0) Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________ e DRIVE: Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM
Tables 1-18, 1-19

Torque = Motor HP0063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs. Screw RPM List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________
Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11

Select Components: Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________

H-175
PREVIOUS PAGE HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE

CONVEYORS

Values to be substituted in formula: ______

______

______

______

______

For More Information, visit www.martinsprocket.com

Bucket Elevator Data Sheet


CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) TEMP _____F MOISTURE _________________%

FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MATL OF CONSTR: INSTALLATION: MILD STEEL T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER

NEW

REPLACEMENT

INDOORS

OUTDOORS V-BELTS CHAIN GUARD OTHER

DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ ___________________MOTOR: TEFC X-PROOF MAC OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: SHAFT

INTEGRAL TO REDUCER

________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
TYPE: CENTRIFUGAL CHAIN CONTINUOUS GRAIN TYPE

OTHER___________________

BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________

Lift

Cleanout Door

CONVEYORS H-176
PREVIOUS PAGE

DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________ Head SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________ _______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________ INLET: STANDARD SPECIAL ________________________________________________ 45 LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________ SPECIAL __________________________________ SPECIAL ____________________________________

DISCHARGE: Intermediate SAFETY CAGE:

STANDARD YES NO

HEAD PLATFORM: Boot INT. PLATFORM

STANDARD SIZE STANDARD SIZE

THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________ TAKEUP: SEALS: HEAD BOOT SCREW GRAVITY

STANDARD

SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______

________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

HOME

SEC A INDEX

EXIT

NEXT PAGE